2150cn | User manual | Dell 2150CDN User`s guide

Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
User's Guide
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Contents
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer 1
User's Guide 1
Before Beginning 17
A Notes, Notices, and Cautions
. . . . . . . .
19
1
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's
Guide 21
2
Finding Information
3
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
Product Features
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
About the Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
Front and Rear View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Front View
Rear View
Space Requirements
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Securing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Setting up the Printer (Printer Setup) 35
Contents
1
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
5
Preparing Printer Hardware
Removing Tape
. . . . . . . . .
37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons . . . . . 38
Installing the Toner Cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
6
Installing Optional Accessories
. . . . . .
41
. . . . . . .
41
. . . . . . . . .
44
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module
45
Installing the Optional Memory Module
Printing Printer Settings Report
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Printing Printer Settings Report
. . . . . . . . .
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder
50
. . . . . . .
51
. . . . . . . .
52
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
Verifying the Contents of the Box
49
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter .
Printing Printer Settings Report
. . . .
53
. . . . . . . . .
54
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
. . .
55
. . . . . .
56
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 57
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter 59
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your
Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7
Connecting Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
2
Contents
. . . . .
79
80
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Direct Connection
Network Connection .
Turning on the Printer
8
80
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82
Setting the IP Address
Assigning an IP Address
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator
When Using the Operator Panel
83
. . . . . . . . .
84
. . . . . . . . . . . .
85
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
When Using the Tool Box
Verifying the IP Settings
. . . . .
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report 86
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
9
Loading Paper
. .
87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
89
10 Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows
Computers 93
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status .
. . . . .
93
. . . . . . . . .
93
. . . . . . . . . . . .
93
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software 94
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD
Direct Connection Setup
. . . . . . . . .
94
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
Network Connection Setup
98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network
98
. . .
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network
. .
104
Contents
3
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Setting Up for Shared Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . .
111
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
Point and Print .
Peer-to-Peer
11 Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh
Computers 121
Installing the Drivers and Software
. . . . . . . . . .
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
. . .
121
. . . . .
123
. . . . . .
124
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
126
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9
Configuring Settings .
121
12 Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers
(CUPS) 127
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client 127
Setup Overview
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127
Installing the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Setting Up the Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Setting the Default Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Specifying the Printing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Uninstalling the Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
Setup Overview
. .
130
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
130
Installing the Printer Driver
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . .
130
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . .
132
132
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
133
Uninstalling the Printer Driver .
4
Contents
. . . . . . . . .
133
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
. .
134
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
134
Installing the Printer Driver
Setting Up the Queue
. . . . . . . . . . .
134
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
134
Setting the Default Queue
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifying the Printing Options
. . . . . . . . .
136
136
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
137
Uninstalling the Printer Driver .
. . . . . . . . .
137
Using Your Printer 139
13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
141
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
142
. . . . . . . . . . . .
142
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
141
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool . . . . . . 143
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
143
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
143
Printer Status
Printer Jobs
Printer Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy Printer Settings
Print Volume
143
144
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
Printer Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
E-Mail Alert
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
Set Password
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
145
Online Help
Order Supplies at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contact Dell Support at:
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
.
145
145
145
Contents
5
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Setting Up From Web Browser
. . . . . . . . .
145
Setting Up From Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Page Display Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Top Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
Left Frame .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
Right Frame
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
151
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Details of the Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Printer Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Print Server Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
175
Copy Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Print Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
14 Print Media Guidelines .
. . . . . . . . . . .
209
Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Paper Characteristics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
209
Recommended Paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
210
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
211
Unacceptable Paper
Selecting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
. .
212
. . . . . . . . . .
212
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
213
Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
6
Contents
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Identifying Print Media and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 218
Supported Paper Sizes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
218
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
Supported Paper Types
Paper Type Specifications
15 Loading Print Media .
Capacity
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Media Dimensions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
221
221
221
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional
250-Sheet Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper) 226
Loading Print Media in the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
. . . . . . . .
229
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
232
Loading an Envelope in the SSF .
Using the SSF
Linking Trays .
16 Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Operator Panel Buttons .
Printing a Panel Settings Page
. . . . . . . . . .
233
. . . . . . . . . . . .
234
. . . . . . . . .
234
. . . . . . . . . . . .
234
When Using the Operator Panel
When Using the Tool Box
233
Printing 237
Contents
7
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
17 Printing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for Successful Printing .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
. . . . . . . . . . .
239
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
Tips on Storing Print Media
Avoiding Paper Jams
239
Sending a Job to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Canceling a Print Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
. . . .
240
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows 241
Duplex Printing .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
241
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2150cn Color Printer
Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2150cn and 2150cdn Models) 244
. . . . . . . . . . .
245
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Using the Stored Print Function .
Secure Print
Private MailBox Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Public MailBox Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
246
Proof Print .
Storing Print Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing the Stored Jobs
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
247
247
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure
Print/Private MailBox Print) . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Deleting Stored Jobs .
Printing a Report Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
248
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
248
. . . . . . . . .
248
. . . . . . . . . . . .
249
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250
Printing Printer Settings Report
Printing Font Sample List
Printer Settings
Printing Printer Settings Report
8
Contents
. . . . . . . . .
250
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings 251
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the
Printer Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting the Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
254
255
Know Your Printer 257
18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
. .
259
Printer Settings Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
260
Printer Information
Menu Settings
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
TCP/IP Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
Printer Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
System Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
265
Date & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Paper Density
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
270
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
272
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
272
Adjust Altitude
Reset Defaults
270
. . . . . . . . .
Color Registration Adjustment
Non-Dell Toner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initialize Print Meter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
272
273
Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
TCP/IP Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
276
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
277
Network Settings
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Chart Print .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machine Check
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
278
278
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Environment Sensor Info
Clean Developer .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
280
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281
Contents
9
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Refresh Mode
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281
When Using the Tool Box
. . . . . . . . . . . .
19 Understanding the Printer Menus
Report / List
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281
283
283
Printer Setting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
Panel Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
PCL Fonts List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
PCL Macro List
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
283
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
Job History
Error History
Print Meter
Color Test Page
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stored Documents
Admin Menu
284
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
284
Print Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
USB Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
301
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
Secure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Tray Settings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Language .
Print Menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
322
Secure Print
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Private Mail Box
Proof Print .
Contents
322
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
323
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
324
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
325
Public Mail Box
10
318
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Enabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Disabling the Panel Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Resetting Defaults
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When Using the Operator Panel
. . . . . . . . .
20 Understanding Your Printer Software
.
327
327
329
Printer Settings Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
331
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
331
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
332
Status Window
Tool Box
Updater
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
332
. . . . . . . . .
332
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh .
Status Monitor Widget Feature
332
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Installing the Status Monitor Widget .
. . .
332
. . . . . .
333
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
333
Printer Status Window .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
334
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
336
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
337
Order Window .
Preferences
Status Monitor Console for Linux
. . . . . . . . . .
Status Monitor Console Feature
. . . . . . . . .
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
Installing the Status Monitor Console
338
. . . . . .
339
339
. . . . . . . . . . . .
340
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
341
Printer Selection Window
. .
342
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
344
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
344
Dell Supplies Management System Window
Service Tag Window
Settings Window
338
. .
. . . . . . .
Starting the Status Monitor Console
Printer Status Window .
338
Contents
11
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
21 Understanding Fonts
Typefaces and Fonts
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight and Style .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitch and Point Size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
347
347
347
348
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Resident Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6
. . . . . . . . . .
22 Understanding Printer Messages .
. . . .
352
355
23 Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
361
Adding Roles of Printer Services
Printer Setup
. . . . . . . . . . .
361
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
362
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard 362
24 Specifications .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating System Compatibility
. . . . . . . . . . .
365
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
365
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
365
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
365
Power Supply .
Dimensions
Memory
365
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and
Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
12
Contents
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
MIB Compatibility
Environment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
366
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
366
Operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Quality Guarantee
366
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
366
Storage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
367
Altitude
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
367
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
367
Cables
Maintaining Your Printer 369
25 Maintaining Your Printer
. . . . . . . . . .
371
Determining the Status of Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Conserving Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Ordering Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Storing Print Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Storing Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Replacing the Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
. . . . . . . . .
374
. . . . . . . . . . .
375
Removing the Toner Cartridge .
Installing a Toner Cartridge
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit. . . . . . . . 377
. . . . . . . . . . . .
377
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
379
Removing the PHD Unit .
Installing a PHD Unit
Replacing the Retard Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
385
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 386
Cleaning Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Contents
13
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Cleaning the Feed Roller
. . . . . . . . . . . .
387
Cleaning the CTD Sensor
. . . . . . . . . . . .
392
Adjusting Color Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Printing the Color Registration Chart
. . . . . .
396
Determining Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
Entering Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
26 Removing Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing the Optional Memory Module
. . . . . . .
403
403
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . 406
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . 408
27 Clearing Jams .
Avoiding Jams
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
411
411
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray 416
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder 425
Troubleshooting 429
28 Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
14
Contents
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
431
431
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Display Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing Problems .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Quality Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The output is too light
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toner smears or print comes off
435
438
439
. . . . . . . . . . . .
440
. . . . . . . . . . .
Part or the entire output is black
442
. . . . . . . . .
443
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
444
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
445
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
446
Pitched color dots
Vertical blanks .
Light-induced fatigue
Fog
434
. . . . . . . . .
Streaks appear on the output
Ghosting .
432
. . . . . . . . . .
Random spots/Blurred images
The entire output is blank
431
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
448
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
449
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
449
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
450
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
451
Jagged characters
Banding
Auger mark
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrinkled/Stained paper
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Damage on the leading edge of paper
. . . . . .
452
453
455
Jam/Alignment Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
. . . . .
456
. . . . . .
456
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
458
The top and side margins are incorrect .
Color registration is out of alignment
Images are skewed .
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam .
SSF Misfeed Jam
. . . . .
458
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
460
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam .
. . . .
462
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM) .
. . . . . . . .
463
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM) .
. . . . . . . .
463
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed
Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
SSF Multi-feed Jam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
464
Contents
15
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\MiogaSFP-UGTOC.fm
Noise
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
467
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
467
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
Other Problems
465
Contacting Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470
Appendix 475
B Appendix
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Online Services
477
. . . . . . . . . . .
477
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
477
Warranty and Return Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Recycling Information .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
478
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
16
Contents
Before Beginning
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
17
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
18
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use
of your printer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of
data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal
injury, or death.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell
Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows,
Windows Server, Windows Vista, and Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries; Adobe and Photoshop are
either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States
and/or other countries; Wi-Fi is a registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance; Red Hat and Red Hat
Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat. Inc. in the U.S. and other countries; SUSE is
a registered trademark of Novell, Inc., in the United States and other countries.
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by
Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual
property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This product
includes software developed by Eric Young ([email protected]); AES: Copyright (c) 2003, Dr
Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES software
provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright (c) 1988-1997
Sam Leffler and Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little cms): Copyright
(c) 1998-2004 Marti Maria.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities
claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in
trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Our printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
19
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionnote.fm
As for RSA BSAFE
RSA BSAFE software, produced by RSA Security Inc., has been installed on this
printer.
____________________
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication or
disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the
Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in applicable
FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.
September 2010 Rev. A01
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
20
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
1
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
User's Guide
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and operation
of your printer. For information on other documentation included with your
printer, see "Finding Information."
To order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1 Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop, follow the procedure below.
a
Click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder, where x:\abc is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click File on the toolbar, and click Create Shortcut on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click the shortcut icon.
d
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop
(create shortcut) on the submenu.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start
All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser Software
Dell Supplies Management System.
2 Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link
(www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's Guide
21
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section01.fm
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag number, see "Express
Service Code and Service Tag."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
22
Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer User's Guide
2
Finding Information
NOTE: The following are the optional accessories that you can buy separately.
•
Additional memory (512 MB)
•
250-sheet feeder
•
Wireless adapter
•
USB cable
•
Ethernet cable
What are you looking for?
• Drivers for my printer
Find it here
Drivers and Utilities CD
• My User's Guide
The Drivers and Utilities CD contains setup video,
documentation, and drivers for your printer. You can
use the CD to install drivers or access your setup video
and documentation.
Readme files may be included on your CD to provide
last-minute updates about technical changes to your
printer or advanced technical reference material for
experienced users or technicians.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Finding Information
23
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
Find it here
• How to use my printer
Quick Reference Guide
• Safety information
Product Information Guide
• Warranty information
CAUTION: Read and follow all safety instructions in
your Product Information Guide prior to setting up and
operating your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
24
Finding Information
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
• How to set up my printer
Find it here
Setup diagram
• Express Service Code and
Service Tag
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located
inside the toner access cover of your printer.
• Latest drivers for my printer Go to support.dell.com.
• Documentation for my
printer
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Finding Information
25
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section02.fm
What are you looking for?
Find it here
• Answers to technical service support.dell.com provides several online tools,
and support questions
including:
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips, articles
from technicians, and online courses
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for components,
such as the printer drivers
• Customer Care — Contact information, order status,
warranty, and repair information
• Downloads — Drivers
• Manuals— Printer documentation and product
specifications
Go to support.dell.com. Select your region, and fill in
the requested details to access help tools and
information.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
26
Finding Information
3
Product Features
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.
Duplex Printing (Duplex Print)
Using the Stored Print Function
(Stored Print)
You can print two or more pages on
both sides of a sheet of paper. For
models with the duplexer (2150cdn
Color Printer), automatic duplex
printing is available. Manual duplex
printing is available for models
without the duplexer (2150cn Color
Printer).
The Stored Print feature allows you to
temporarily store your print data in the
printer memory and output it later.
You can effectively manage your time
when you print confidential data or
large-volume data at off-peak hours.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Product Features
27
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section03.fm
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up
Print)
Installing the Optional Wireless
Adapter (Wireless Print)
The Multiple Up feature enables you
to print documents as reduced-size
documents containing 2, 4, 8, 16, or
32 pages on a single sheet of paper by
setting from the printer driver. This
feature helps save paper.
With wireless LAN in the printer, you
can install the printer wherever you
like, and print without connecting the
printer to your computer directly.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
28
Product Features
4
About the Printer
This chapter provides an overview of your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color
Printer.
NOTE: In this manual, Dell 2150cn Color Printer is referred to as the "printer".
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
Front and Rear View
Front View
1
Operator Panel
6
Duplexer (2150cdn only)
2
Side Button
7
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
3
Toner Access Cover (toner
cartridges inside)
8
Standard 250-Sheet Tray
4
Fuser
9
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
29
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
5
Belt Unit
10
Front Cover
NOTE: You can open the front cover by
pushing the side button (2).
NOTICE: To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer,
avoid placing the printer in direct sunlight with the single sheet feeder opened.
Rear View
1
Power Switch
6
Wireless Adapter Socket
2
Power Connector
7
Memory Slot
3
Tray Rear Cover
8
Control Board
4
Ethernet Port
9
Control Board Cover
5
USB Port
Space Requirements
Provide enough room to open the printer trays, covers, and optional accessories,
and for proper ventilation.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
30
About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
Operator Panel
For more information on the operator panel, see "Using the Operator Panel
Buttons."
Securing the Printer
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
31
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell online when using a networked printer.
Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool, and click the web address under Order Supplies at: to
order toner or supplies for your printer.
You can also order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:
NOTE: For Macintosh, start the Status Monitor Widget, and then select Order
Supplies button to open Order window.
1 Double-click the icon on your desktop.
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop:
a
Click DLRMM.EXE under x:\abc\Dell
Printers\Additional Color Laser
Software\Reorder, where x:\abc is the location where the
printer software is installed.
b
Click File on the toolbar, and then Create Shortcut on the drop-down
menu.
c
Right-click on the shortcut icon.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
32
About the Printer
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
d
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click Desktop
(create shortcut) on the submenu.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
You can also launch the Dell Supplies Management System by clicking Start
All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser Software
Dell Supplies Management System.
2 Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site link
(www.dell.com/supplies), or order Dell printer supplies by phone.
To ensure that you get the best service, have your Dell printer’s Service Tag
ready.
For information regarding locating your Service Tag, see "Express Service
Code and Service Tag."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
About the Printer
33
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section04.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
34
About the Printer
Setting up the Printer
(Printer Setup)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
35
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
36
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
5
Preparing Printer Hardware
Removing Tape
1 Remove tapes and packaging material from the printer.
2 Pull the protective sheet out of the printer.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Preparing Printer Hardware
37
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
Removing the Print Head Device (PHD) Ribbons
1 Open the toner access cover.
2 Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons.
Installing the Toner Cartridges
1 Press and slide the blue latches of the four toner cartridges to the locked
position.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
38
Preparing Printer Hardware
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
2 Close the toner access cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Preparing Printer Hardware
39
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section05.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
40
Preparing Printer Hardware
6
Installing Optional Accessories
You can make the printer more functional by installing the optional accessories.
This chapter describes how to install the printer's options such as the memory
module and optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Installing the Optional Memory Module
NOTE: Your printer supports additional 512 MB memory module.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise and open the
cover.
3 Remove the control board cover.
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
Installing Optional Accessories
41
4 Align the connector of the memory module with the slot, and insert the
memory module into the slot.
5 Push the memory module firmly into the slot.
42
Installing Optional Accessories
NOTE: Ensure that the memory module is firmly fixed in the slot and does
not move easily.
6 Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
7 Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
Installing Optional Accessories
43
8 Turn on the printer.
9 Print the printer settings report to confirm that the newly installed memory is
detected by the printer.
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
c
Ensure that Printer Setting is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color
Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
44
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
Installing Optional Accessories
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed.
10 Confirm the amount of Memory Capacity listed in the printer settings report
under General.
If the memory capacity has not increased, turn off the printer, unplug the
power cable, and re-install the memory module.
11 If you installed the optional memory module after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for the operating
system you are using. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each
client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect Memory Module
Microsoft® Windows®
7/Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server®
2008 R2 x64
1 Click Start Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Printer properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.
Windows
Vista x64
Vista®/
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound 
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Installing Optional Accessories
45
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1 Click the Options tab, and then select Memory Capacity in the Items list
box.
2 Select the total amount of the installed printer memory for the memory
capacity setting.
3 Click Apply, and then click OK.
4 Close the Printers and Faxes(, Printers, or Devices and Printers) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: If you install the optional 250-sheet feeder after setting up the printer,
be sure to turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer before starting this task.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off, and then disconnect all cables from the
back of the printer.
2 Remove all packaging from the optional 250-sheet feeder.
3 Place the optional 250-sheet feeder in the location that the printer is located.
46
Installing Optional Accessories
4 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5 Lift the printer and align the five guide pins of the optional 250-sheet feeder
with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
Installing Optional Accessories
47
CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch your fingers when lowering the printer onto
the optional 250-sheet feeder.
6 Secure the optional 250-sheet feeder to the printer by tightening the two
screws provided with the feeder, with a coin or similar object.
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
7 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
8 Re-connect all cables into the back of the printer, and turn on the printer.
NOTE: The printer will automatically detect the attached tray but will not
detect the paper type.
9 Print the printer settings report to confirm the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed correctly.
48
Installing Optional Accessories
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
c
Ensure that Printer Setting is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color
Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed.
10 Confirm Tray 2 (250 Sheet Feeder) is listed in the printer settings report
under Printer Options.
If the feeder is not listed, turn off the printer, unplug the power cable, and reinstall the optional 250-sheet feeder.
11 After loading paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder, specify the paper type
from the printer operator panel.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until Tray Settings appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
Installing Optional Accessories
49
c
Press
button.
button until Tray 2 appears, and then press the
(Set)
d
Press
button until Paper Type appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
e
Press
button until the paper type for the optional 250-sheet feeder
appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
f
Confirm that the selected paper type is displayed, and then press the
(Menu) button.
12 If you installed the optional 250-sheet feeder after installing the printer
driver, update your driver by following the instructions for each operating
system. If the printer is on a network, update the driver for each client.
Updating Your Driver to Detect 250-Sheet Feeder
Microsoft Windows 7/
Windows 7 x64/
Windows Server 2008
R2 x64
1 Click Start  Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Printer properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Devices and Printers dialog box.
Windows Vista/Vista
x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Hardware and Sound 
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
Windows Server 2008/
Server 2008 x64
1 Click Start  Control Panel  Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers dialog box.
50
Installing Optional Accessories
Windows XP/XP x64/
Windows Server 2003/
Windows Server 2003
x64
1 Click start  Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the printer icon of the Dell 2150cn Color Printer
and select Properties.
3 Click the Options tab, and then select Get Information from
Printer.
4 Click Apply, and then click OK.
5 Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.
If the printer information is not updated automatically after clicking Get
Information from Printer, follow these steps:
1 Click the Options tab, and then select 250 Sheet Feeder on the Items list
box.
2 Select Available for the optional 250-sheet feeder setting.
3 Click Apply, and then click OK.
4 Close the Printers and Faxes(, Printers, or Devices and Printers) dialog
box.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
The wireless adapter allows you to use the printer with wireless network
connection.
The specifications of the wireless adapter are described below.
Item
Specification
Connectivity Technology
Wireless
Compliant Standards
802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n
Bandwidth
2.4 GHz
Data Transfer Rate
802.11n: 65 Mbps
802.11g: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, and 6 Mbps
802.11b: 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps
Security
64 (40-bit key)/128 (104-bit key) WEP,
WPA- PSK (TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)
(IEEE 802.1x attestation function of WPA 1x
non-corresponds)
Installing Optional Accessories
51
Item
Specification
®
Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Push-Button Configuration (PBC),
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
NOTE: When the wireless adapter is installed, you cannot use IEEE 802.1x
authentication and/or the Ethernet port for a wired connection.
Verifying the Contents of the Box
NOTE: To complete wireless installation, you require the corresponding Drivers
and Utilities CD that comes with your printer, which can also be downloaded from
support.dell.com.
Installing the Wireless Adapter Using Video Instructions
(Recommended)
To install the Dell wireless adapter, perform the following method.
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD in your computer. The Easy Setup
Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Select Optional Accessories Setup on the Easy Setup Navigator window.
52
Installing Optional Accessories
3 Click Wireless adapter.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter
NOTE: You can also install the Dell wireless adapter by following the instructions
described in Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter provided with the wireless
adapter.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
Installing Optional Accessories
53
2 Align the connector and the three protrusions of the wireless adapter with the
four holes and insert the adapter.
NOTE: Ensure that the adapter is fully inserted and secured.
3 Turn on the printer.
4 Print the printer settings report to confirm that the wireless adapter is
installed correctly.
Printing Printer Settings Report
When Using the Operator panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
c
Ensure that Printer Settings is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start  All Programs  Dell Printers  Dell 2150 Color
Printer  Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
54
Installing Optional Accessories
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed.
5 Confirm that the Network (Wireless) section exists.
NOTE: For more information on configuring the wireless adapter, see
"Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter."
Determining the Wireless Network Settings
You need to know the settings for the wireless network to set up the wireless
printer. For details of the settings, contact your network administrator.
Installing Optional Accessories
55
Wireless
Settings
Security
Settings
SSID
Specifies the name that identifies the wireless
network with up to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Network Type
Specifies the network type from Ad-hoc or
Infrastructure.
Security
Selects the security method from No security, WEP,
WPA-PSK TKIP, and WPA2-PSK-AES/WPA-PSKAES.
Transmit Key
Specifies the transmit key from the list.
WEP Key
Specifies the WEP key set used through the
wireless network only when WEP is selected for
Security.
Pass Phrase
Specifies the pass phrase of alphanumeric
characters from 8 to 63 bytes long only when WPAPSK is selected for Encryption.
Configuring the Optional Wireless Adapter
This section describes how to configure a wireless adapter through Easy Setup
Navigator.
You can select a method to configure a wireless adapter from the following:
Wizard Setup through USB connection
56
Installing Optional Accessories
Network (Ethernet) connection
WPS-PIN*1
Advanced Setup through
WPS-PBC*2
Operator Panel
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1 WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by entering
PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS.
*2 WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing
the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing
WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the
access point supports WPS.
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter must be installed on the printer.
NOTE: For information on how to install a wireless adapter, see "Installing the
Optional Wireless Adapter."
Using Wizard Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Click Guided Setup.
Installing Optional Accessories
57
3 Click Connect Your Printer.
4 Select Wireless Connection, and then click the Next button.
58
Installing Optional Accessories
The Wireless Connection window appears.
5 Select Wizard, and then click the Next button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
Using Advanced Setup to Configure a Wireless Adapter
You can configure the wireless adapter with the following connection methods:
•
Network Cable
•
WPS-PIN
•
WPS-PBC
•
Operator Panel
•
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
Installing Optional Accessories
59
2 Click Guided Setup.
3 Click Connect Your Printer.
60
Installing Optional Accessories
4 Select Wireless Connection, and then click the Next button.
The Wireless Connection window appears.
For Network, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
1 Select Network Cable, and then click the Next button.
The instruction video starts.
Follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings, and then
click the Next button.
The Advanced Configuration Tool starts.
Installing Optional Accessories
61
2 Select the printer, and then click the Next button.
Wireless Network Settings screen appears.
NOTE: If the printer cannot detect your printer and your printer is not listed,
click Enter IP Address button and enter the IP address of your printer, and
then click the OK button.
3 Set the wireless network settings, and then click the Next button.
IP Address Settings screen appears.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Assigning an IP Address."
4 Set the IP address of the printer, and then click the Next button.
Confirm the settings screen appears.
5 Confirm the settings, and then click the Apply button.
Complete configuration screen appears.
6 Click the Next button.
For WPS-PIN, WPS-PBC, Operator Panel, and Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool, follow the on-screen instructions to configure wireless settings.
To configure wireless settings without using the video instructions, follow the
following instructions.
WPS-PIN
The PIN code of WPS-PIN can only be configured from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected setup-Personal Identification Number) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed
through access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless
router supports WPS.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Wireless Setup appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
62
Installing Optional Accessories
5 Ensure that WPS is displayed, and then press the
6 Press
button.
(Set) button.
button until PIN Code appears, and then press the
(Set)
7 Write down the 8-digit PIN code displayed on the panel or press
button
until Print PIN Code appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The PIN code is printed.
8 Ensure that Start Config. is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
9 Ensure that the message Please wait Wireless Setting is
displayed, and enter the PIN code displayed on the step 7 into the wireless
LAN access point (Registrar).
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
10 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
WPS-PBC
You can start Push Button Control only from the operator panel.
NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by
pressing the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then
performing WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only
when the access point supports WPS.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Wireless Setup appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that WPS is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that Push Btn. Ctrl is displayed, and then press the
button.
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set)
63
7 Press
button until Start appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
8 Ensure that the message Please wait Wireless Setting is
displayed, and start the WPS-PBC on the wireless LAN access point
(Registrar), within two minutes of the step 7 operation.
NOTE: For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.
9 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless
LAN connection setting is completed.
Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Wireless Setup appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Manual Setup is displayed, and then press the
button.
6 Enter the SSID, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
7 Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad-hoc
depending on your environment.
When you select Infrastructure, proceed to step 8.
When you select Ad-hoc, proceed to step 9.
8 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP (64Bit), and WEP
(128Bit).
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that No Security is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
64
a
Press
button until WEP (64Bit) or WEP (128Bit) appears,
and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set) button.
c
Select the transmit key from WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.
To use WPA-PSK-TKIP or WPA-PSK-AES encryption:
a
Press
button until WPA-PSK-TKIP or WPA-PSK-AES appears,
and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the passphrase, and then press the
(Set) button.
9 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP (64Bit), and WEP
(128Bit).
When you do not set security for your wireless network:
a
Ensure that No Security is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
To use 64 bit or 128 bit WEP encryption:
a
Press
button until WEP (64Bit) or WEP (128Bit) appears,
and then press the
(Set) button.
b
Enter the WEP key, and then press the
c
Select the transmit key from WEP Key 1 to WEP Key 4.
(Set) button.
10 When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP address
of the printer in your web browser.
2 Click Print Server Settings.
3 Click Print Server Settings tab.
4 Click Wireless LAN, and then enter the SSID.
5 Select the network type from Infrastructure and Ad-Hoc.
6 Select the encryption type from No Security, WEP, WPA-PSK-AES, and
WPA-PSK-TKIP, and then set each item for the encryption type selected.
NOTE: For details on each item, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
7 Click the Apply New Settings button to apply the settings.
8 When the operation is successful and the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN
connection setting is completed.
Installing Optional Accessories
65
Constructing a New Wireless Network Environment for Your Computer
When you setup your wireless connection first time, the following settings are
requried on your computer.
For DHCP network:
1 Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the wireless
settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using the tool
provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select the Wireless Networks tab.
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
e and step g so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the Advanced button.
f
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties.
h
Under the Association tab, enter the following information and click
OK.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
66
Installing Optional Accessories
i
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
Installing Optional Accessories
67
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click Connect.
2 Check the IP address assigned by AutoIP on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
c
Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
d
Press
button.
button until TCP/IP appears, and then press the
e
Press
button until IPv4 appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel.
3 Check that the IP address on your computer is assigned by DHCP.
68
Installing Optional Accessories
(Set)
4 Open Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using the WEB browser.
5 Create wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool.
6 Reboot the printer.
7 Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
Installing Optional Accessories
69
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select Wireless Network tab.
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
e
Click Advanced.
f
Do either of the following:
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.
h
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK.
i
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
70
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click Connect.
f
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.
For Fixed IP networks:
1 Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
a
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
b
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
c
Select the Wireless Networks tab.
Installing Optional Accessories
71
d
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step
d and step f so that you can restore them later.
e
Click the Advanced button.
f
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
g
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties.
h
Under the Association tab, enter the following information and click
OK.
Network name (SSID): dell_device
Network Authentication: Open
Data encryption: Disabled
Ad hoc network: checked
i
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top of
the list.
j
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
72
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
Installing Optional Accessories
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a
network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available
network list, and click Connect.
2 Check the IP address on your computer.
Installing Optional Accessories
73
3 Set the IP address on the printer.
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Press
button until Admin menu appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
c
Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
d
Press
button.
button until TCP/IP appears, and then press the
e
Press
button until IPv4 appears, and then press the
f
Ensure that Get IP Address is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
g
Press
button.
h
Press
button until IP Address appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
i
Manually enter the IP address using
,
, and
operator panel, and then press the
(Set) button.
button until Panel appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
(Set) button.
(Set)
buttons on the
4 Open Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool using the WEB browser.
74
Installing Optional Accessories
5 Change the wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool.
6 Reboot the printer.
7 Restore the wireless settings on your computer.
NOTE: If your computer provides a wireless adapter tool, change the
wireless settings using this tool. Or you can change the wireless settings using
the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions below.
a
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:
b
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.
c
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties.
d
Select Wireless Network tab.
e
Ensure the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless
network settings is checked.
f
Click Advanced.
g
Do either of the following:
Installing Optional Accessories
75
When wireless ad-hoc mode is set to the printer:
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
When wireless infrastructure mode is set to the printer:
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the
Advanced dialog box.
h
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.
i
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK.
j
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.
k
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.
For Windows Vista:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008:
76
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Sharing Center.
c
Select Connect to a network.
d
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
Connect to a network.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are
entering an unsecured area.
Installing Optional Accessories
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a
success.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
a
Open Control Panel.
b
Select Network and Internet.
c
Select Network and Sharing Center.
d
Select Connect to a network.
e
Select the setting you send to the printer from the network items listed in
the available network list, and click Connect.
f
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.
Installing Optional Accessories
77
78
Installing Optional Accessories
7
Connecting Your Printer
Your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer interconnection cable must meet the
following requirements:
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
Connection type
Connection specifications
USB
USB 2.0
Ethernet
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX/1000 Base-T
Wireless (optional)
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
1 USB port
2 Ethernet port
3 Wireless adapter socket
Connecting Your Printer
79
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network
Direct Connection
A local printer is a printer which is directly connected to your computer using
the USB cable. If your printer is connected to a network instead of your
computer, skip this section and go to "Network Connection."
The following operating systems support USB connection:
•
Microsoft® Windows® XP
•
Windows XP 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Server® 2003
•
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition
•
Windows Server 2008
•
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition
•
Windows Vista®
•
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
•
Windows 7
•
Windows 7 64-bit Edition
•
Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6
•
Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 4 WS/5 Client (x86)
•
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86)
To connect the printer to a computer:
1 Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the
printer.
80
Connecting Your Printer
1 USB port
NOTE: Ensure that you match the USB symbol on the cable to the USB symbol
on the printer.
2 Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.
NOTICE: Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the
keyboard.
Network Connection
To connect the printer to a network:
1 Connect the network cable.
Connecting Your Printer
81
1 Ethernet port
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable into
the Ethernet port on the rear of the printer, and the other end to a LAN drop or
hub. To setup a wireless connection, insert the wireless adapter into the wireless
adapter socket on the back of the printer.
For a wireless connection, see "Installing the Optional Wireless Adapter."
NOTE: To use the wireless adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
Turning on the Printer
CAUTION: Do not use extension cords or power strips.
CAUTION: The printer should not be plugged into a UPS (Uninterruptible Power
Supply) system.
1 Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of the printer,
and then to a power source.
2 Turn on the printer. When the printer is connected via a USB cable, the USB
driver is automatically installed.
82
Connecting Your Printer
8
Setting the IP Address
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Assigning an IP Address
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited
by a period and can include up to three digits in each section, for example,
111.222.33.44.
You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack, IPv4, and IPv6. If your network
supports both IPv4 and IPv6, select Dual Stack.
Select the IP mode of your environment, and then set IP address, subnet mask
(for IPv4 only), and gateway address.
NOTICE: Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network
performance issues.
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is
normally done by a system administrator.
When Using the Easy Setup Navigator
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.
2 Click Advanced Tools on the Easy Setup Navigator window.
The Advanced Tools window opens.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
83
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
3 Click IP Configuration.
4 Follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
When Using the Operator Panel
For more information on using the operator panel, see "Operator Panel."
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Press the
(Menu) button.
3 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
4 Press
button.
button until Network appears, and then press the
5 Press
button until TCP/IP appears, and then press the
6 Press
button until IPv4 appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
7 Ensure that Get IP Address is displayed, and then press the
button.
8 Press
button until Panel appears, and then press the
9 Press
and
(Set) button.
(Set)
(Set) button.
buttons until IP Address appears, and then press the
The cursor is located at the first octet of the IP address.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
84
Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
10 Use
press
and
buttons to enter the first octet of the IP address, and then
button.
The cursor moves to the next digit.
NOTE: You can only enter one octet at a time and must press
after entering each octet.
11 Enter the rest of the octets, and then press the
button
(Set) button.
12 Press
and
buttons until Subnet Mask appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
13 Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set Subnet Mask, and then press the
button.
(Set)
14 Press
and
buttons until Gateway Address appears, and then
press the
(Set) button.
15 Repeat steps 10 and 11 to set the Gateway Address, and then press the
(Set) button.
16 Turn off the printer, and then turn it on again.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
4 Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP
Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.
5 Press the Apply New Settings button to take effect.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
85
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers
with the installer. When you use the Network Installation feature, and the Get
IP Address is set to AutoIP or DHCP on the operator panel menu, you can
set the IP address from 0.0.0.0 to the desired IP address on the printer selection
window.
Verifying the IP Settings
You can confirm the settings by printing the printer settings report or using the
ping command.
Verifying the Settings Using Printer Settings Report
1 Print the printer settings report.
When Using the Operator Panel
a
Press the
(Menu) button.
b
Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
c
Ensure that Printer Settings is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
a
Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color
Printer Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
b
Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
c
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
d
Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
86
Setting the IP Address
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
2 Verify the correct IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address are listed in
the printer settings report under Network (Wired).
Verifying the Settings Using Ping Command
Ping the printer and verify that it responds. For example, at a command
prompt on a network computer, type ping followed by the new IP address
(for example, 192.168.0.11):
ping 192.168.0.11
If the printer is active on the network, you will receive a reply.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Setting the IP Address
87
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section08.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
88
Setting the IP Address
9
Loading Paper
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.
1 Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
2 Adjust the paper guides.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Paper
89
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
4 Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5 Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
90
Loading Paper
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6 After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
NOTE: Select the paper type from the operator panel if the loaded print media is
not standard plain paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Paper
91
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section09.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
92
Loading Paper
10
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Windows Computers
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, check the IP address of
your printer by performing one of the following procedures.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
•
When Using the Operator Panel
•
When Using the Tool Box
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Ensure that Printer Setting is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
4 Look under the TCP/IP heading on the printer setting report.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
93
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Disabling Firewall Before Installing Printer Software
NOTE: This step is necessary if you have Windows XP Service Pack 2 or 3
installed.
If your printer is connected directly to a network, and the Windows XP,
Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows
7 firewall is enabled, you cannot view your networked printer(s) when you run
the Dell printer installation software. To prevent this situation, disable this
firewall before you install the Dell printer software. To disable or enable your
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2,
or Windows 7 firewall, perform the following steps.
1 Click Start and click Help and Support.
NOTE: For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7, if you use Online
Help, switch to Offline Help on Windows Help and Support window.
2 In the Search box, type firewall, and then press the Enter key.
In the list, click Turn Windows Firewall on or off, and then follow the
instructions on the screen.
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD
1 Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD into your computer and click
setup_assist.exe to start Easy Setup Navigator.
NOTE: If the CD does not launch automatically launch, follow the
procedure below.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 R2
Click start Run, enter D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the CD drive
letter) in the Run dialog box, and then click OK.
For Windows Vista and Windows 7
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
94
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Click Start All Programs  Accessories  Run, enter
D:\setup_assist.exe (where D is the CD drive letter) in the Run dialog
box, and then click OK.
Direct Connection Setup
For installing PCL printer driver
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
2 Select Personal Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer
with a USB cable, and then turn the printer on.
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to
the next page automatically.
NOTE: If the installation software does not automatically proceed to the
next page, click Install.
5 Select either Typical Installation or Custom Installation from the
installation wizard, and then click Install. If you select Custom Installation,
you can select the specific software you want to install.
6 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
To print a test page, click Print Test Page.
USB Printing
A personal printer is a printer connected to your computer or a print server using
a USB. If your printer is connected to a network and not your computer, see
"Network Connection Setup."
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
95
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a local printer.
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next. To use this printer as the default printer, select the check
box displayed under the Printer name, and then click Next.
Installation starts.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
11 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
12 Click Finish.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a local printer.
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
96
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click Add a local or network
printer as an administrator.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
4 Click Add a local printer.
5 Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
97
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Network Connection Setup
NOTE: To use this printer in a Linux environment, you need to install a Linux
driver. For more information on how to install and use these, see "Installing Printer
Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)."
NOTE: When using a CD drive in a Linux environment, you need to mount the
CD according to your system environment. The command strings are
mount/media/CD-ROM.
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network
For installing PCL printer driver
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
2 Select Network Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Select Local Installation, and then click Next.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
98
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click Next.
If the target printer is not displayed on the list, click Refresh to refresh the
list or click Add Printer to add a printer to the list manually. You may
specify the IP address and port name at this point.
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select the I am
setting up this printer on a server check box.
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before you
can continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
NOTE: In some cases, Windows Security Alert is displayed in this step
when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2,
Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit Edition. In this case, select Unblock
(Allow access for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then
continue the procedure.
6 Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access the printer, select Share
this printer with other computers on the network, and then enter a
share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as the default printer, select the Set this
printer as default check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate Dell
ColorTrack option. Enter the password when Color-Password
Enabled is selected for Dell ColorTrack.
7 Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install. If you want to change the installation destination, click Browse and
specify a new location.
8 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
To print a test page, click Print Test Page.
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit
Edition.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
99
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
100
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
14 Click Next.
Installation starts.
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
16 Click Finish.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
101
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer
by name or TCP/IP address screen appears. Find your printer on the screen.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue;
otherwise, contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
6 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
7 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
8 Click OK.
9 Select your printer name and click Next.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box, and then click Next.
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
12 Click Next.
Installation starts.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
14 Click Finish.
Windows 7 or Windows 7 64-bit Edition
1 Extract the following zip file to your desired location.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
102
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
D:\Drivers\XPS\Win_7Vista\XPS_2150.zip (where D is the
CD drive letter)
2 Click Start Devices and Printers.
3 Click Add a printer.
4 Click Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
5 Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.
6 Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click
Next.
7 Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next.
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.
8 Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.
9 Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.
10 Click OK.
11 Select your printer name and click Next.
12 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name box,
and then click Next.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default printer
check box.
13 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network
can find and use it.
14 Click Next.
Installation starts.
15 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test
page.
16 Click Finish.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
103
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
2 Click E-Mail Alert link.
3 Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply
Address, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network
Before Installation
Before you start remote installation, perform the following procedures.
Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and Windows Server
2008:
1 Open the Run dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
104
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
For Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008, click
start All Programs Accessories Run.
For Windows Vista, click Start Run.
2 Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.
3 Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates Printers.
4 Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select
Properties.
5 On the Setting tab, select Enabled, and then click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1 Open the Run dialog box.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, click Start Run.
For Windows 7, click Start All Programs Accessories Run.
2 Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK.
3 Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates Printers.
4 Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select
Edit.
5 Select Enabled, and then click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
Share the Firewall File and Printer
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition,
Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows
Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7
64-bit Edition.
For Windows XP:
1 Click start Control Panel.
2 Select Security Center.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
105
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
For Windows Vista:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select Security.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 Click Change settings.
5 Click Continue.
6 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Double-click Windows Firewall.
3 Click Change settings.
4 On the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing check box, and
then click OK.
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select System and Security.
3 Click Windows Firewall.
4 Click Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
5 If the check boxes under Allowed programs and features: are dimmed,
click Change settings.
6 Check the File and Printer Sharing check box. Home/Work (Private) or
Public check box is automatically selected according to your settings.
If the File and Printer Sharing Properties dialog box appears, click OK.
7 Click OK.
Start Remote Registry
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select System and Maintenance (System and Security for Windows 7).
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
106
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
3 Click Administrative Tools.
4 Double-click Services.
5 Click Continue (for Windows Vista only).
6 Right-click Remote Registry and select Start.
7 Right-click Remote Registry and select Properties.
8 Change Startup type to Automatic, and then click OK.
Disable User Account Control
NOTICE: Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable
to virus attacks.
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit
Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows
Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.
For Windows Vista:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Turn User Account Control on or off.
5 Click Continue.
6 Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer check box.
7 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Double-click User Accounts.
3 Click Turn User Account Control on or off.
4 Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your
computer check box.
5 Click OK.
6 Restart the computer.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
107
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts.
3 Click Change User Account Control Settings.
4 Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK.
5 Restart the computer.
For Windows 7:
1 Click Start Control Panel.
2 Select User Accounts and Family Safety.
3 Click User Accounts.
4 Click Change User Account Control Settings.
5 Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK.
6 Click Yes in the User Account Control dialog box.
7 Restart the computer.
Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks
NOTE: This procedure is required when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition for the server
computer.
1 Click Start Network (Start your user name Network for Windows
7).
2 Click Network discovery and file sharing are turned off. Network
computers and devices are not visible. Click to change.
3 Click Turn on network discovery and file sharing.
4 Click Yes, turn on network discovery and file sharing for all public
networks.
Disable Simple File Sharing
NOTE: This procedure is required for Windows XP, and Windows XP 64-bit
Edition.
1 Click start Control Panel.
2 Select Appearance and Themes.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
108
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
3 Select Folder Options.
4 On the View tab, clear the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check
box, and then click OK.
5 Click Start Control Panel.
6 Select Performance and Maintenance.
7 Select Administrative Tools.
8 Click Local Security Policy.
9 Click Local Policies Security Options.
10 Right-click Network access: Sharing and security model for local
accounts and select Properties.
11 Ensure Classic - local users authenticate as themselves is selected.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTE: Installation is not supported on Windows XP Home Edition, Windows
Vista Home Basic, Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista Home Basic
64-bit Edition, Windows Vista Home Premium 64-bit Edition, Windows 7 Starter,
Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home Premium, Windows 7 Home Basic 64bit Edition, and Windows 7 Home Premium 64-bit Edition.
1 In the Easy Setup Navigator window, click Software Installation to launch
the installation software.
2 Select Network Installation, and then click Next.
3 Select the model name of your printer, and then click Next.
4 Select Remote Installation, and then click Next.
a
Enter the computer name, user ID, and password, and then click Add.
b
Click Next.
NOTE: Windows Security Alert may appear on Windows Vista,
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008
64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, or Windows 7 64-bit
Edition. In this case, select Unblock (Allow access for Windows Server
2008 R2 and Windows 7), and then continue the procedure.
5 Select a printer from the printer list, and then click Next. If the target printer
is not displayed on the list, click Refresh to refresh the list or click Add
Printer to add a printer to the list manually. You may specify the IP address
and port name at this point.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
109
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before
you continue, you must enter a valid IP address.
6 Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.
a
Enter the printer name.
b
If you want other users on the network to access this printer, select the
Share this printer with other computers on the network, and then
enter a share name that users can identify.
c
If you want to set the printer as default, select the Set this printer as
default check box.
d
If you want to restrict color printing, select the appropriate Dell
ColorTrack option. Enter the password when Color-Password
Enabled is selected for Dell ColorTrack.
7 Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click
Install.
If you want to change the installation destination, click Input and specify
new location.
8 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your
network printer without leaving your desk. You can view and/or change the
printer settings, monitor toner level, and acknowledge the timing of ordering
replacement consumables. You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering
supplies.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the
printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, type the printer's IP
address in your web browser. The printer configuration appears on the screen.
You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.
To set up e-mail alerts:
1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
2 Click E-Mail Alert link.
3 Under E-Mail Server Settings, enter the Primary SMTP Gateway, Reply
Address, and your or key operator's e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
110
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
4 Click Apply New Settings.
NOTE: Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed
on the SMTP server until an error occurs.
Setting Up for Shared Printing
You can share your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that comes with your printer, or using Microsoft® point-and-print or peer-topeer method. However, if you use one of the Microsoft methods, some features,
such as the status monitor and other printer utilities, installed with the Drivers
and Utilities CD, may not be available.
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its
drivers on all the computers on the network.
NOTE: You need to purchase an Ethernet cable for shared printing.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Properties.
3 On the Sharing tab, select the Share this printer check box, and then type a
name in the Share name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5 Click OK.
If you are missing files, you are prompted to insert the server operating
system CD.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Click Change sharing options.
The message Windows needs your permission to continue appears.
4 Click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
111
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
6 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
7 Click OK.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing.
3 Click Change Sharing Options if exists.
4 Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
5 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
6 Click OK.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start Devices and Printers.
2 Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties.
3 On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options if exists.
Check the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share
name text box.
4 Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network
clients that print to the printer.
5 Click Apply, and then click OK.
To confirm that the printer is properly shared:
•
Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes, or
Devices and Printers folder is shared. The shared icon is shown under the
printer icon.
•
Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server
and the shared name you assigned to the printer.
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients
using the point and print method or the peer-to-peer method.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
112
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Point and Print
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to
a remote printer. This feature automatically downloads and installs the printer
driver.
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click My Network
Places.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers and
Faxes folder. The copy time varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
5 Close My Network Places.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
113
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click start Printers and Faxes.
b
Select the printer you just created.
c
Click File Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Click Continue in the User Account Control dialog box.
6 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
7 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound.
b
Select Printers.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and click Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start Network.
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
114
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
5 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers
folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other factors.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Control Panel.
b
Select Printers.
c
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties.
d
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer, click Start your user
name Network (Start Network for Windows Server 2008 R2).
2 Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the host
name.
3 Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect.
4 Click Install driver.
5 Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the
client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the Devices and
Printers folder. The time this takes varies, based on network traffic and other
factors.
6 Print a test page to verify installation.
a
Click Start Devices and Printers.
b
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Peer-to-Peer
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the printer driver is fully installed on each
client computer. Network clients retain control of driver modifications. The
client computer handles the print job processing.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
115
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Server
2003 x64 Edition
1 Click start Printers and Faxes.
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Click Next.
4 Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and
then click Next. If the printer is not listed, type the path to the printer in the
text box.
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
5 Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
6 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
If you want to verify installation, click Yes to print a test page.
7 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
116
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers.
2 Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer
that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a
shared printer by name text box and click Next.
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, you need to specify the path to available drivers.
4 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
5 If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page.
6 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition
1 Click Start Control Panel Printers.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
117
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next.
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The printer
that I want isn't listed and type the path to the printer in the Select a shared
printer by name text box and click Next.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide a path to available
drivers.
4 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
5 Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
6 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2
1 Click Start  Devices and Printers.
2 Click Add a Printer.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed,
select the printer and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn't
listed. Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the
printer in the text box, and then click Next.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer
name>
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to
the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server
installation process.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
118
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If no
system driver is available, then you will need to provide the path to the
available driver.
4 Confirm the printer name, and then click Next.
5 Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then
click Next.
6 Click Print a test page if you want to verify installation.
7 Click Finish.
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
119
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section10.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
120
Installing Printer Drivers on the Windows Computers
11
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Macintosh Computers
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Installing the Drivers and Software
1 Run the Drivers and Utilities CD on the Macintosh computer.
2 Double-click the Dell 2150 Installer icon, and then click Continue.
3 When the popup dialog box prompts you for confirming the program
included in the installation package, click Continue.
4 Click Continue on the Welcome screen.
5 After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue.
6 If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to
continue the installation process.
7 Click Install to perform the standard installation.
If you want to select a custom installation, click Customize to select items
that you want to install.
•
Dell 2150 Color Printer Driver
•
Dell Printer Status Monitor
8 Type the administrator's name and password, and then click OK.
9 When the Install Succeeded screen appears, click Close to complete
installation.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
121
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
The printer is automatically added to your Macintosh computer.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and click IP.
5 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
6 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
7 Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer for Print Using.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
8 Click Add.
9 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue.
10 Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.
When Using Bonjour
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
4 Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default.
5 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
122
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
6 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
7 Click Add.
8 Specify the options that have been installed on the printer, and then click
Continue.
9 Confirm that the printer is displayed in the Print & Fax dialog box.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11
When Using a USB Connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer list.
7 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
8 Click Add.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
123
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
6 Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol.
7 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
8 Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer for Print Using.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
NOTE: Entry of Location is optional.
9 Click Add.
When Using Bonjour
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start the Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.
6 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.
7 Name and Print Using are automatically entered.
8 Click Add.
9 Specify the options installed to the printer, and then click Continue.
10 Confirm that the printer is displayed on the Printer list dialog box.
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9
When Using a USB connection
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
124
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add.
5 Select USB from the menu.
The Printer Model is automatically selected.
6 Click Add.
When Using IP Printing
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.
5 Select IP Printing from the menu.
6 Select LPD/LPR for Printer Type.
7 Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.
8 Select Dell for Printer Model, and select Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
NOTE: When printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.
9 Click Add.
When Using Rendezvous (Bonjour)
1 Turn on the printer.
2 Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
125
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section11.fm
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer and
the network.
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is configured
properly on your Macintosh computer and the printer.
3 Start Printer Setup Utility.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in
Applications.
4 Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.
5 Select Rendezvous from the menu.
6 Select Dell for Printer Model, and select Dell 2150cn Color Printer.
7 Click Add.
Configuring Settings
All the optional accessories are verified as installed.
Mac OS X 10.5 or 10.6
1 Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax.
2 Select the printer in the Printer Name list, and click Options & Supplies.
3 Select Driver, and select the options that have been installed in the printer,
and then click OK.
Mac OS X 10.3.9 or 10.4.11
1 Start Printer Setup Utility.
2 Select the printer in the Printer List dialog box, and click Show Info.
3 Select Installable Options, and select the options that have been installed in
the printer, and then click Apply Changes.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
126
Installing Printer Drivers on the Macintosh Computers
12
Installing Printer Drivers on the
Linux Computers (CUPS)
This section provides information for installing or setting up the printer driver
with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) on Red Hat®Enterprise Linux®
4 WS/5 Client or SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Operation on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5
Client
Setup Overview
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
NOTICE: Before you install the printer driver on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4,
confirm that Update 5 or higher is applied to your operating system. Consult your
Linux distributor for the upgrade of your system.
1 Double-click Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator password.
3 Click Continue in the Completed System Preparation window.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
127
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.
2 Click Administration.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
4 Click Add Printer.
Type the name of the printer in the Name box in the Add New Printer
window, and click Continue.
You can optionally specify the location and description of the printer for
further information.
For network connections:
a
Select LPD/LPR Host or Printer from the Device menu, and click
Continue.
b
Type the IP address of the printer in Device URI.
c
Format: lpd://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (the IP address of the printer)
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 WS:
a
Select USB Printer #1 from the Device menu.
For USB connections with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Client:
a
Select Dell 2150cn Color Laser USB #1 or Dell 2150cn Color Laser
from the Device menu.
5 Select Dell from the Make menu, and click Continue.
6 Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer from the Model menu, and click
Continue.
The message Printer xxx has been added successfully. appears.
The setup is complete.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
128
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1 Select Applications System Tools Terminal.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lpadmin -d (Type the queue name)
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open the URL "http://localhost:631" using a web browser.
2 Click Manage Printers.
3 Click Configure Printer of the queue for which you want to specify the
printing options.
4 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete.
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Applications System Tools Terminal.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
129
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the print queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1 Double-click Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator password, and click Install.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
130
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
4 Printer setup: Autodetected printers is activated.
For network connections:
a
Click Add.
b
Select Network Printers as Printer Type, and click Next.
c
Select the Print via LPD-Style Network Server as Printer Type, and
click Next.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in Host name of the printer server.
e
Type the name of the printer queue in Name of the remote queue, and
click Next.
f
Type the printer name in Name for printing.
NOTE: The Description of Printer and Location of Printer do not have to
be specified.
g
Select the Do Local Filtering check box, and click Next.
h
Select DELL as Select manufacturer. Select 2150cn Color Laser as
Select Model, and click Next.
i
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer on USB
(//Dell/2150cn%20Color%20Printer or /dev/usblp*) as Available
are, and click Configure….
b
Confirm the settings in Edit configuration, and click OK.
5 Click Finish.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
131
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
1 To activate the Printer setup: Autodetected printers, do the following.
a
Select Computer More Applications... and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
b
Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
c
Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
2 Select the printer you want to set to default on the Printer Configuration,
and select Set default in Other button menu.
3 Click Finish.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open a web browser.
2 Type http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the <Enter> key.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4 Click Manage Printers.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
132
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1 Select ComputerMore Applications... and select Konsole on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select Konsole on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
133
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
The printer driver is uninstalled.
Operation on SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Setup Overview
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11:
1 Install the printer driver.
2 Set up the print queue.
3 Specify the default queue.
4 Specify the printing options.
Installing the Printer Driver
1 Double-click Dell-2150-Color-Printer-x.x-x.i686.rpm in the Drivers and
Utilities CD.
2 Type the administrator password, and click Continue.
Installation starts. When the installation is complete, the window is
automatically closed.
Setting Up the Queue
To execute printing, you must set up the print queue on your workstation.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
134
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
For network connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
b
Click Connection Wizard.
The Connection Wizard dialog box opens.
c
Select Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol from Access Network
Printer or Printserver Box via.
d
Type the IP address of the printer in IP Address or Host Name:.
e
Select Dell in the Select the printer manufacturer: drop-down menu.
f
Click OK.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
g
Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer vx.x
[Dell/Dell_2150cn_Color_Printer.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
h
Confirm the settings, and click OK.
For USB connections:
a
Click Add.
The Add New Printer Configuration dialog box opens.
The printer name is displayed in the Determine Connection list.
b
Select Dell 2150cn Color Printer vx.x.
[Dell/Dell_2150cn_Color_Printer.ppd.gz] from the Search for
Drivers: list.
NOTE: You can specify the printer name in Set Name:.
Printing From the Applications
When you have finished setting up the queue, you can print jobs from the
applications. Start the print job from the application, and specify the queue in
the print dialog box.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
135
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
However, sometimes you can print only from the default queue depending on
the application (for example Mozilla). In these cases, before you start printing,
set queue you want to print to as the default queue. For information on
specifying the default queue, see "Setting the Default Queue."
Setting the Default Queue
You can set the default queue when you add the printer.
1 Select Computer More Applications..., and select YaST on the
Application Browser.
2 Type the administrator password.
YaST Control Center is activated.
3 Select Hardware on YaST Control Center, and select Printer.
The Printer Configurations dialog box opens.
4 Click Edit.
A dialog box to modify the specified print queue opens.
5 Confirm that the printer you want to set is selected in the Connection list.
6 Select the Default Printer check box.
7 Confirm the settings, and click OK.
Specifying the Printing Options
You can specify the printing options such as color mode or double-sided
printing.
1 Open a web browser.
2 Type http://localhost:631/admin in Location, and press the <Enter> key.
3 Type root as the user name, and type the administrator password.
The CUPS window appears.
NOTE: Set the password for authority as the printer administrator before setting the
printer queue. If you have not set it, go to "Setting the Password for Authority as the
Printer Administrator."
4 Click Manage Printers.
5 Specify the required settings, and click Continue.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
136
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
The message Printer xxx has been configured successfully. appears.
The setting is complete. Execute printing from the application.
Setting the Password for Authority as the Printer Administrator
You must set the password for authority as the printer administrator to do
operations as the printer administrator.
1 Select ComputerMore Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on
the Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window.
su
(Type the administrator password)
lppasswd -g sys -a root
(Type the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password prompt.)
(Retype the password for authority as the printer administrator after the
Enter password again prompt.)
Uninstalling the Printer Driver
1 Select Computer More Applications... and select GNOME Terminal on
the Application Browser.
2 Type the following command in the terminal window to delete the print
queue.
su
(Type the administrator password)
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -x (Type the printer queue name)
3 Repeat the command above for all queues for the same model.
4 Type the following command in the terminal window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
137
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section12.fm
su
(Type the administrator password)
rpm -e Dell-2150cn-Color-Printer
The printer driver is uninstalled.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
138
Installing Printer Drivers on the Linux Computers (CUPS)
Using Your Printer
139
140
13
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Overview
NOTE: This web tool is not available unless the printer is connected to a network
using a network cable or the wireless printer adapter.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is E-Mail
Alert Setup, which sends e-mail to you or the key operator when the printer
needs supplies or intervention.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
141
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the
printers in your area, use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the network to
display the asset tag number.
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change
the printer settings and keep track of printing trends. If you are a network
administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the
network using your web browser.
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of
your printer in your web browser.
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings report
or display the TCP/IP Settings page, which lists the IP address.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Ensure that Printer Setting is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
The printer settings report is printed.
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
142
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0 (the factory default), an IP address has not
been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see "Assigning an IP Address."
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool consists of the following menus:
•
Printer Status
•
Printer Jobs
•
Printer Settings
•
Print Server Settings
•
Copy Printer Settings
•
Print Volume
•
Printer Information
•
Tray Settings
•
E-Mail Alert
•
Set Password
•
Online Help
•
Order Supplies at:
•
Contact Dell Support at:
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to get immediate feedback on the printer supply
status. When a toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on the
first screen to order a new toner cartridge.
Printer Jobs
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and
Completed Jobs page.
These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to change the printer settings and to view the
settings in the operator panel remotely.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
143
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and
the necessary conditions for communications.
Copy Printer Settings
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another
printer or printers on the network by typing the IP address of each printer.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
Print Volume
Use the Print Volume menu to check the history of printing, such as paper
usage, the types of jobs being printed, limit to which users can use the color
mode, and the maximum number of pages they can print.
Printer Information
Use the Printer Information menu to get information on service calls,
inventory reports, or the status of current memory and engine code levels.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper type and size for
each tray.
E-Mail Alert
Use the E-Mail Alert menu to receive e-mail when the printer needs supplies or
intervention. To be notified, type your name or the name of the key operator in
the e-mail list box.
Set Password
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
with a password so that other users do not inadvertently change the printer
settings that you have selected.
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.
144
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Online Help
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support website.
Order Supplies at:
www.dell.com/supplies
Contact Dell Support at:
support.dell.com
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web
browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be displayed
unreadable if the pages were configured by the language different from the
language of your web browser.
Setting Up From Web Browser
It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your web
browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool.
For Internet Explorer® 6.0, Internet Explorer 7.0, Internet Explorer 8.0
Setting Up the Display Language
1 Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.
2 Select Languages in the General tab.
3 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.
For example:
•
Italian (Italy) [it-IT]
•
Spanish (Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl]
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
145
•
German (Germany) [de-DE]
•
French (France) [fr-FR]
•
English (United States) [en-US]
•
Danish [da-DK]
•
Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL]
•
Norwegian (Bokmal) [no]
•
Swedish [sv-SE]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1 Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.
2 Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) Settings in the
Connections tab.
3 Do either of the following:
•
Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy
server.
•
Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of the printer in the Do
not use proxy server for addresses beginning with field under
Exceptions.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
For Firefox 2.0 or Later
Setting Up the Display Language
1 Select Options from the Tools menu.
2 Click Advanced.
3 If you are using Firefox 2.0, click Choose in the General tab. If you are
using Firefox 3.0, click Choose in the Content tab.
4 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Languages in
order of preference list.enu.
For example:
•
146
English [en] or English/United States [en-us]
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
•
Italian [it]
•
Spanish [es]
•
German [de]
•
French [fr]
•
Dutch [nl]
•
Norwegian [no]
•
Swedish [sv]
•
Danish [da]
Setting the IP Address of the Printer to Non-Proxy
1 Select Options from the Tools menu
2 Click Advanced tab.
3 Click Network on the Options dialog box.
4 Click Connection Settings.
5 If you are using Firefox 2.0, do one of the following:
•
Select the Direct connection to the Internet check box.
•
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.
•
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter the
IP address of the printer in the No Proxy for edit box.
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.
If you are using Firefox 3.0, do one of the following:
•
Select the No Proxy check box, if you do not want to use a proxy.
•
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.
•
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter a
hostname and a port number if you have a list of one or more proxy
servers. If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy, enter the IP
address of the printer in the No Proxy for edit box.
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.
After setting the language and proxy, type <http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>
(the IP address of the printer) in the URL entry field of the browser to activate
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
147
Setting Up From Operator Panel
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is
set to Enable (the factory default) on the operator panel. Confirm the operator
panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus."
Page Display Format
The layout of the page is divided into three sections listed below:
•
Top Frame
•
Left Frame
•
Right Frame
Top Frame
The top frame is located at the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of
the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.
The following items are displayed in the top frame.
148
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
1 Dell 2150cn
Color Printer
Displays the product name of the printer.
2 IPv4
Displays the IP address of the printer.
IPv6
3 Location
Displays the location of the printer. The location can be changed in
the Basic Information section on the Print Server Settings page.
4 Contact Person Displays the name of the printer administrator. The name can be
changed in the Basic Information section on the Print Server
Settings page.
5 Event Panel
Displays the indicator for the condition of the printer.
6 Machine image Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status menu
appears in the right frame when you click on the image.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
149
Left Frame
The left frame is located on the left side of all the pages. The menu titles
displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You
can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.
1
Printer Status
Links to the Printer Status menu.
2
Printer Jobs
Links to the Printer Jobs menu.
3
Printer Settings
Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.
4
Print Server
Settings
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.
5
Copy Printer
Settings
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.
6
Print Volume
Links to the Print Volume menu.
7
Printer
Information
Links to the Printer Status menu.
8
Tray Settings
Links to the Tray Settings menu.
150
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
9
E-Mail Alert
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.
10 Set Password
Links to the Security menu.
11 Online Help
Links to the Dell Support website.
12 Order Supplies at: Links to the Dell web page.
13 Contact Dell
Support at:
Links to the Dell support page web address:
http://support.dell.com/
Right Frame
The right frame is located on the right side of all the pages. The contents of the
right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. For details
on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu Items."
Buttons in the Right Frame
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
151
1 Refresh Button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest
information in the right frame.
2 Apply New
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration
Settings Button Web Tool to the printer. The new settings replace the old settings
of the printer.
3 Restore
Restores the old settings that existed before any changes were
Settings Button made. New settings will not be submitted to the printer.
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. When you access these menus, the authentication
window appears on the screen. Type a user name and password for the printer
administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box.
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank (NULL).
You can change only the password in the Set Password page in the Security
menu. The user name cannot be changed. See "Set Password" for more
information.
Details of the Menu Items
"Printer Status"
"Printer Status"
"Printer Status"
"Printer Events"
"Printer Information"
"Printer Jobs"
"Printer Jobs"
"Job List"
"Completed Jobs"
152
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
"Printer
Settings"
"Printer Settings Report" "Menu Settings"
"Reports"
"Printer Settings"
"System Settings"
"USB Settings"
"PCL Settings"
"Secure Settings"
"Printer Maintenance"
"Paper Density"
"Adjust BTR"
"Adjust Fuser"
"Auto Registration Adjustment"
"Color Registration Adjustments"
"Clean Developer"
"Reset Defaults"
"Initialize PrintMeter"
"Storage"*1
"Non-Dell Toner"
"Adjust Altitude"
"Clock Settings"
"Web Link Customization"
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
153
"Print Server
Settings"
"Print Server Reports"
"Print Server Setup Page"
"E-Mail Alert Setup Page"
"Print Server Settings"
"Basic Information"
"Port Settings"
"TCP/IP"
"SMB"
"E-Mail Alert"
"Bonjour (mDNS)"
"SNMP"
"LLTD"
"Wireless LAN"*2
"Reset Print Server"
"Security"
"Set Password"
"SSL/TLS"
"IPsec"
"802.1x"*3
"IP Filter (IPv4)"
"Copy Printer
Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings"
"Print Volume"
"Print Volume"
"Copy Printer Settings"
"Copy Printer Settings Report"
"Print Volume"
"Dell ColorTrack"
"Tray Settings"
"Tray Settings"
*1
This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled.
*2
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network.
*3
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
Printer Status
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware, and
specifications of the printer.
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.
154
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Status
Purpose:
To check the status of the consumables, trays, and covers.
Values:
Cyan Cartridge Level
OK
Indicates that there is enough amount of toner
for use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the toner needs to be replaced
now.
OK
Indicates that the status of PHD unit is OK for
use.
Replace
Soon
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced soon.
Replace
Now
Indicates that the PHD unit needs to be
replaced now.
OK
Indicates that there is some paper in the tray
but the quantity is unknown.
Add
Paper
Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.
Paper
Low
Indicates that paper is running low in the tray.
Magenta Cartridge Level
Yellow Cartridge Level
Black Cartridge Level
Consumables
Paper Trays
Output Tray
Status
Status
Capacity
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Size
Displays the size of paper in the tray.
Status
OK
Indicates that the tray is available.
Full
Indicates that the tray is not available.
Capacity
Cover
Printer Type
Status
Displays the maximum capacity of the paper
tray.
Closed
Indicates that the cover is closed.
Open
Indicates that the cover is open.
Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser is
displayed normally.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
155
Printing Speed
Displays the printing speed.
Printer Events
Purpose:
When faults occur, such as Out of Paper or Cover is Open, the details of all
alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the Printer Events page.
Values:
Location
Displays the location where a fault occurred.
Details
Displays the details of the fault.
Printer Information
Purpose:
To verify the printer details such as the hardware configuration and software
version. This page can also be displayed by clicking on the Printer
Information tab in the left frame.
Values:
Dell Service Tag Number
Displays Dell service tag number.
Express Service Code
Displays Dell express service code.
Asset Tag Number
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.
Printer Serial Number
Displays the serial number of the printer.
Memory Capacity
Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed
Displays the processing speed.
Printer Revision Firmware Version Displays the revision date (revision level).
Levels
Network
Displays the revision date (revision level).
Firmware Version
Printer Jobs
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed
Jobs pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol
or the print jobs.
156
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Job List
Purpose:
To confirm the print jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button to
update the screen.
Values:
ID
Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job being printed.
Owner
Displays the name of job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Job Status
Displays the status of the job being printed.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the print job was submitted.
Completed Jobs
Purpose:
To check the completed jobs. Up to the last 20 jobs are displayed. Click the
Refresh button to update the screen.
Values:
ID
Displays the job ID.
Job Name
Displays the file name of the job.
Owner
Displays the name of job owner.
Host Name
Displays the name of the host computer.
Output Result
Displays the status of the job.
Impression Number
Displays the total number of pages for the job.
No. of Sheets
Displays the total number of sheets for the job.
Host I/F
Displays the status of the host interface.
Job Submitted Time
Displays the date when the job was submitted.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
157
Printer Settings
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report, Printer
Settings, and Printer Maintenance tabs and to configure the printer settings.
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Menu Settings and Reports
pages.
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of the operator panel menus.
Values:
System Settings
Power Saver
Time - Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Sleep mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver
Time - Deep
Sleep
Displays the time taken by the printer to enter
Deep Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep
mode.
Auto Reset
Displays the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings
are made.
Fault Time-Out
Displays the amount of time the printer waits
before canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out
Displays the amount of time the printer waits for
data to arrive from the computer.
Control Panel
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is correct. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Invalid Key Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the operator panel input is incorrect. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
158
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Machine Ready
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer becomes ready. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Job Completed
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job is complete. Off indicates that the
tone is disabled.
Fault Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a job ends abnormally. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when a problem occurs. Off indicates that the
tone is disabled.
Out of Paper
Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
when the printer runs out of paper. Off indicates
that the tone is disabled.
Low Toner Alert Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted
Tone
when the toner is low. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted 5
Tone
seconds before the printer performs auto clear.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
All Tones
Displays the volume of all the alert tones. Off
indicates that all the tones are disabled.
mm / inch
Displays the measurement unit that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Default Paper
Size
Displays the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print
Displays whether to automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID
Displays where to print a user ID on the output
paper.
Print Text
Displays whether the printer outputs PDL (Page
Description Language) data (which is not
supported by the printer) as text when the printer
receives it.
Displays where to insert a banner sheet in the
Banner Sheet
Insert Position*1 output paper.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
159
Banner Sheet
Specify Tray*1
Displays the tray to feed a banner sheet.
RAM Disk*2
Displays whether to allocate RAM for the file
system for the Secure Print, and Proof Print
features.
Substitute Tray
Displays if paper of another size has to be used
when the paper that is loaded in the specified
tray does not match the paper size setting for the
current job.
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
Displays whether to print both sides on
letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Displays whether to show the alert message
Msg
when the toner is low.
USB Settings
160
Panel Language
Displays the language used on the operator panel
screen.
USB Port
Displays whether to enable the USB interface.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
PCL Settings
Paper Tray
Displays the paper input tray.
Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting.
Custom Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size paper.
Custom Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper.
Orientation
Displays how text and graphics are oriented on
the page.
Font
Displays the selected font from the list of
registered fonts.
Symbol Set
Displays a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size
Displays the font size for scalable typographic
fonts.
Font Pitch
Displays the font pitch for scalable mono spaced
fonts.
Form Line
Displays the number of lines in a page.
Quantity
Displays the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Displays whether to enable the Image
Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump
Displays whether to enable the Hex Dump
feature.
Draft Mode
Displays whether to print in the draft mode.
Line Termination Displays whether to set the line termination.
Secure Settings
Default Color
Displays the color mode setting.
Panel Lock Set
Displays whether to lock Admin Menu with a
password.
Set Available
Time
Displays whether to set the available time for the
Print service.
Start Time
Displays the start time of the available time for
the Print service.
End Time
Displays the end time of the available time for
the Print service.
Recurrence
Displays the day of the week to repeat the
setting.
Login Error Attempts
Displays how many times an administrator can
attempt to log in to Panel Lock.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
161
Paper Density
Adjust BTR
162
Plain
Displays the paper density of plain paper.
Label
Displays the paper density of labels.
Plain
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for plain paper.
Plain Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick plain paper.
Covers
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for cover paper.
Covers Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick cover paper.
Label
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for labels.
Coated
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for coated paper.
Coated Thick
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for thick coated paper.
Envelope
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for envelopes.
Recycled
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller
(-6 to 6) for recycled paper.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Adjust Fuser
Plain
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for plain paper.
Plain Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick plain paper.
Covers
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for cover paper.
Covers Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick cover paper.
Label
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for labels.
Coated
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for coated paper.
Coated Thick
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for thick coated paper.
Envelope
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for envelopes.
Recycled
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser (-2
to 2) for recycled paper.
Auto Registration Adjustment
Displays whether to automatically perform color
registration adjustment.
Adjust Altitude
Displays the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner
Displays whether to use toner cartridge of
another manufacturer.
Clock Settings
Date Format
Displays the default date format.
Time Format
Displays the default time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone
Displays the default time zone.
Set Date
Displays the date setting.
Set Time
Displays the time setting.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
163
Web Link
Customization
Select Reorder
URL
Displays a link used for ordering consumables,
which can be accessed from Order Supplies at:
in the left frame.
Regular
Displays the regular URL
(http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier
Displays the premier URL
(http://premier.dell.com) that can be linked to
Order Supplies at:.
Dell ColorTrack ColorTrack
Mode
Displays whether to enable the ColorTrack.
No Account User Displays whether to permit the printing of data
Print
without authentication information.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Tray Settings
164
Displays whether to print the error report on the
ColorTrack mode.
Tray 1 Paper Size Displays the paper size setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Displays the paper type setting of the standard
250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom
Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper loaded
in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display
Popup
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*4
Displays the paper size setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*4
Displays the paper type setting of the optional
250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display
Popup*4
Displays whether to show a popup menu that
prompts the user to set the paper size and type
when the paper is loaded in the optional 250sheet feeder.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2150cdn Color Printer.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
*4
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Reports
Purpose:
To print various types of reports and lists.
Values:
Printer Settings
Click the Start button to print the Printer Settings page.
Panel Settings
Click the Start button to print the Panel Settings page.
PCL Fonts List
Click the Start button to print the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts List.
PCL Macro List
Click the Start button to print the PCL Macro List.
Job History
Click the Start button to print the Job History report.
Error History
Click the Start button to print the Error History report.
Print Meter
Click the Start button to print the Print Meter report.
Color Test Page
Click the Start button to print the Color Test Page.
*1
Stored Documents
*1
Click the Start button to print the Stored Documents list.
This item is available only when RAM disk is enabled
Printer Settings
The Printer Settings tab includes System Settings, USB Settings, PCL
Settings, and Secure Settings pages.
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the basic printer settings.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
165
Power Saver Time - Sleep
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep
mode after it finishes a job.
Power Saver Time - Deep Sleep
Sets the time taken by the printer to enter Deep
Sleep mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
Auto Reset
Sets the amount of time before the printer
automatically resets the settings on the operator
panel to the defaults when no additional settings are
made.
Fault Time-Out
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before
canceling a job that stops abnormally.
Job Time-Out
Sets the amount of time the printer waits for data to
arrive from the computer.
Control Panel Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is correct, or disables the tone.
Invalid Key Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
operator panel input is incorrect, or disables the
tone.
Machine Ready Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer becomes ready, or disables the tone.
Job Completed Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job is complete, or disables the tone.
Fault Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
job ends abnormally, or disables the tone.
Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a
problem occurs, or disables the tone.
Out of Paper Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
printer runs out of paper, or disables the tone.
Low Toner Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the
toner is low, or disables the tone.
Auto Clear Alert Tone
Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds
before the printer performs auto clear, or disables
the tone.
All Tones
Sets the volume of all the alert tones, or disables all
the tones.
166
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
mm / inch
Sets the measurement unit to be used on the
operator panel screen as either mm or inches.
Default Paper Size
Sets the default print paper size.
Auto Log Print
Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after
every 20 jobs.
Print ID
Sets where to print the user ID on the output paper.
Print Text
Sets whether the printer outputs PDL data (which is
not supported by the printer) as text when the
printer receives it.
Banner Sheet Insert Position*1
Banner Sheet Specify Tray
RAM Disk
*1
*2
Sets where to insert a banner sheet in the output.
Sets from which tray a banner sheet is fed.
Sets whether to allocate RAM for the file system for
the Secure Print and Store Print features.
Substitute Tray
Sets whether to use another size paper when the
paper that is loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the current job.
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3
Sets whether to print on both sides of letterhead.
Low Toner Alert Msg
Alerts you if the toner is low.
Panel Language
Used to set the language on the operator panel.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed to Dell
2150cdn Color Printer.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
USB Settings
Purpose:
To change USB settings on your printer.
Values:
USB Port
Enables USB interface on your printer.
PCL Settings
Purpose:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
167
To change the PCL settings.
Values:
Paper Tray
Sets the paper input tray.
Paper Size
Sets the paper size.
Custom Size - Y Sets the length of custom size paper. The available range is from 127
mm (5.0 inch) to 355 mm (14.0 inch).
Custom Size - X Sets the width of custom size paper. The available range is from 77
mm (3.0 inch) to 215 mm (8.5 inch).
Orientation
Sets how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Font
Sets the font from the list of registered fonts.
Symbol Set
Sets a symbol set for the specified font.
Font Size
Sets the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Font Pitch
Sets the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Form Line
Sets the number of lines in a page.
Quantity
Sets the number of copies to print.
Image
Enhancement
Sets whether to enable the Image Enhancement feature.
Hex Dump
Sets whether to help isolate the source of a print job problem. With
Hex Dump selected, all data sent to the printer is printed in
hexadecimal and character representation. Control codes are not
executed.
Draft Mode
Sets whether to print in the draft mode.
Line
Termination
Sets how to handle line terminations.
Default Color
Sets the print color mode as Color or Black. This setting is used for
print jobs without a specified color print mode.
Secure Settings
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set a limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
168
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Set the password of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool from Set
Password in Print Server Settings.
Values:
Panel Lock Set
Enables/Disables password protection for the Admin Menu.
New Password
Sets a password that is required to access the Admin Menu.
Re-enter Password
Confirms the set password.
NOTE: This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel. When you change
the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click Set Password
on the left frame and set the password.
Login Error
Purpose:
To specify how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to Panel
Lock.
Values:
Login Attempts
Displays how many times an administrator can attempt to log in to
Panel Lock.
Set Available Time
Purpose:
To specify the time to enable the secure setting for the Print service.
Values:
Set Available Time
Allows you to set the available time period for the Print service.
Start Time
Sets the start time of the available time period for the Print
service.
End Time
Sets the end time of the available time period the Print service.
Recurrence
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
169
Secure Job Expiration
NOTE: Secure Job Expiration feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Values:
Expiration Mode Allows you to set the date to delete the files stored as Secure Print in
the optional 512 MB memory module.
Expiration Time
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the optional
512 MB memory module.
Recurrence
Sets the period to repeat the setting.
Weekly Settings
Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Monthly Settings Sets the day of the month to repeat the setting.
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the Paper Density, Adjust BTR,
Adjust Fuser, Auto Registration Adjustment, Color Registration
Adjustments, Clean Developer, Reset Defaults, Initialize PrintMeter,
Storage, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, Clock Settings, and Web Link
Customization pages.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density.
Values:
Plain
Sets the density of plain paper to Light or Normal.
Label
Sets the density of labels to Light or Normal.
170
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Adjust BTR
Purpose:
To specify the reference voltage settings for the transfer roller.
Values:
Plain
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Plain Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Covers Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick cover
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Label
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated paper
within the range of -6 to 6.
Coated Thick
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick coated
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Envelope
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes
within the range of -6 to 6.
Recycled
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled
paper within the range of -6 to 6.
Adjust Fuser
Purpose:
To specify the temperature settings value for the fuser.
Values:
Plain
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for plain paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Plain Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick plain paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
171
Covers
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for cover paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Covers Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick cover paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Label
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for labels within the range
of -2 to 2.
Coated
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for coated paper within the
range of -2 to 2.
Coated Thick
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick coated paper
within the range of -2 to 2.
Envelope
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for envelopes within the
range of -2 to 2.
Recycled
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for recycled paper within
the range of -2 to 2.
Auto Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Color Registration Adjustments
Purpose:
To specify whether to manually perform color registration adjustment.
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required such as when the printer is
initially installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Registration Adjustments feature can be configured when
Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Values:
Auto Correct
172
Click the Start button to automatically perform color registration
correction.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Color Regi
Chart
Click the Start button to print a color registration chart. The color
registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan
lines. On the chart, look at the values on the right side that are next to
the line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the
value for the this line is 0, color registration adjustment is not
required. If the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify the
adjustment values under Color Registration Adjustments.
Color
Registration
Adjustments
Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed direction) and process (paper
feed direction) color adjustment values individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan within the range of -9 to 9.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To clean each toner cartridge or PHD unit, or to stir the toner in a new toner
cartridge.
Values:
Clean Developer
Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Yellow Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.
Magenta Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.
Cyan Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.
Black Toner Refresh
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.
Drum Refresh
Cleans the surface of the PHD unit.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Reset Defaults and restart printer.
Click the Start button to reset the system
parameters.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
173
Initialize PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to 0.
Storage
NOTE: Storage feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed.
Purpose:
To clear all files stored in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Values:
Clear Storage
All Clear
Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print and Proof Print in the optional 512 MB memory
module.
Secure
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored as Secure
Print in the optional 512 MB memory module.
Stored
Document
Click the Start button to clear all files stored in the
optional 512 MB memory module.
Non-Dell Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
174
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Clock Settings
Purpose:
To specify the clock settings.
Values:
Date Format
Sets the date format; yy/mm/dd, mm/dd/yy, or dd/mm/yy.
Time Format
Sets the time format; 24H or 12H.
Time Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the current date.
Set Time
Sets the current time.
Web Link Customization
Purpose:
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from
Order Supplies at: in the left frame.
Values:
Select Reorder Sets a URL to be linked to Order Supplies at:
URL
Regular
Displays the regular URL (http://accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that
can be linked to Order Supplies at:.
Premier
Displays the premier URL (http://premier.dell.com) that can be
linked to Order Supplies at:.
Print Server Settings
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and the
necessary conditions for communication.
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.
Print Server Reports
The Print Server Reports tab includes the Print Server Setup Page and the EMail Alert Setup Page.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
175
Print Server Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
Protocol) protocol and printing ports. On this page, you can only verify the
settings of items. If you want to change the settings, go to the pages in the Print
Server Settings tab.
Values:
Ethernet*1
Wireless
Settings*2
176
Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current settings of Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex settings.
Current
Ethernet
Settings
Displays the current Ethernet settings.
MAC Address
Displays the Media Access Control Address
(MAC) address of the printer.
SSID
Displays the MAC address of the printer.
Network Type
Displays the name that identifies the network.
MAC Address
Displays the network type from either the Ad-Hoc
or Infrastructure mode.
Link Channel
Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer
adapter.
Link Quality
Displays the channel number of the connection.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode
Displays the IP mode.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
*3
IPv4
IPv6*4
IP Address Mode Displays the IP address mode.
IP Address
Displays the IP address.
Subnet Mask
Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway
Address
Displays the gateway address.
Enable Stateless Displays whether to enable the
Address
stateless address.
Use Manual
Address
Displays whether to set the IP
address manually.
Manual
Address*5
Displays the IP address.
Stateless Address Displays the stateless
addresses.
1-3*6
Link Local
Address*6
Displays the link local address.
Manual Gateway Displays the gateway address.
Address*5
Auto Configure
Gateway
Address*6
Displays the gateway address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
177
DNS
IPv4*3
Get DNS Server Displays whether to
Address from
automatically set the DNS
DHCP
server address via DHCP.
Current DNS
Server Address
IPv6*4
WINS
WINS Mode
Displays the current DNS
server address.
Get DNS Server Displays if the printer receives
Address from
the DNS server address
DHCPv6-lite
automatically from the
DHCPv6-lite server.
Current DNS
Server Address
Displays the current DNS
server address.
Priority to IPv6
DNS Name
Resolution*7
Displays whether to use the
DNS Name Resolution feature.
Displays whether to automatically set the primary
and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS Primary Displays the primary WINS server address.
Server
LPD
Port9100
178
WINS
Secondary
Server
Displays the secondary WINS server address.
Port Status
Displays the port status of the Line Printer Daemon
(LPD) protocol.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
IPP
WSD
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Printer URI
Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of connections
received simultaneously by the client.
Port Status
Displays the WSD port status.
Port Number
Displays the WSD port number.
Receive TimeOut
Displays the receive time-out period.
Notification
Time-Out
Displays the notification time-out period.
Maximum
Displays the maximum number of TTLs.
Number of TTL
HTTP
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Displays the maximum number of notifications.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Port Number
Displays the port number.
Simultaneous
Connections
Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
connections.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
179
SMB
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Telnet
SNMP
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
Workgroup
Displays the workgroup.
Maximum
Sessions
Displays the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode
Support
Displays whether to notify the host name and
workgroup name in Unicode characters during
SMB transmission.
Auto Master
Mode
Displays whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt
Password
Displays whether to encrypt the password during
SMB transmission.
Job Time-Out
Displays the job time-out period.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Host Name
Displays the host name.
Printer Name
Displays the printer name.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Connection
Time-Out
Displays the connection time-out period.
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Enable SNMP Displays the status of the SNMP v1/v2c feature.
v1/v2c Protocol
Enable SNMP
v3 Protocol
Displays the status of the SNMP v3 feature.
LLTD
Port Status
Displays the port status.
SSL/TLS
HTTP Displays the status of the HTTP - SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS
Communication.
Communication
HTTP Displays HTTP - SSL/TLS Communication Port
SSL/TLS
Number.
Communication
Port Number
180
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
IPsec Settings
*1
802.1x
IP Filter
(IPv4)*8
Protocol
Displays the protocol status.
IKE
Displays IKE authentication.
Enable IEEE
802.1x
Displays the status of IEEE 802.1x.
Authentication
Method
Displays the setting of authentication method for
IEEE 802.1x.
Access List
Displays the list of IP addresses that are permitted
or denied access to the printer.
*1
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
*2
This item is available only when the printer is connected using the wireless network
*3
This item is displayed when IPv4 Mode is selected.
*4
This item is displayed when IPv6 Mode is selected.
*5
This item is displayed only when Use Manual Address is set to Enable.
*6
This item is displayed only when an IP address has been assigned.
*7
This item is available only when using IPv6 dual mode.
*8
This item is available only for LPD or Port9100.
E-Mail Alert Setup Page
Purpose:
To verify the current settings of SMTP/POP (Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol/Post Office Protocol) used for the e-mail feature and E-Mail Alerts
feature. In this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to
change the settings, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
181
E-Mail Server
Settings
Port Status
Displays the port status.
Primary SMTP Displays the primary SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer
Gateway
Protocol) gateway.
SMTP Port
Number
Displays the SMTP port number.
E-Mail Send
Displays the authentication method for outgoing eAuthentication mail.
E-Mail Alert
Settings
POP3 Server
Address
Displays the POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3) server
address.
POP3 Port
Number
Displays the POP3 port number.
Reply Address
Displays the IP address of servers connected with
SMTP protocol when data is incoming.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
E-Mail List 1
Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
1.
Select Alerts
for List 1
Supplies Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
E-Mail List 2
Select Alerts
for List 2
182
Displays the acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature specified in E-Mail List
2.
Supplies Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for consumables.
Paper Handling
Alerts
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for paper handling.
Service Call
Displays the e-mail alert receive
status for service calls.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Print Server Settings
The Print Server Settings tab includes the Basic Information, Port Settings,
TCP/IP, SMB, E-Mail Alert, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, LLTD, Wireless
LAN, and Reset Print Server pages.
Basic Information
Purpose:
To configure the basic information of the printer.
Values:
System Settings Printer Name
Location
Sets the name of the printer.
Sets the location of the printer.
Contact Person Sets the contact name, number, and other
information of the printer administrator and service
center.
Administrator Sets the contact address of the printer administrator
E-Mail Address and service center.
EWS Settings
Asset Tag
Number
Enters the asset tag number for the printer.
Auto Refresh
Automatically refreshes the contents of the status
display pages.
Auto Refresh
Interval
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of
the status display pages automatically from 15 to
600 seconds.
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame,
Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed Jobs page.
Port Settings
Purpose:
To enable or disable printing ports and management protocol features.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
183
Ethernet*1
Ethernet
Settings
Auto
Detects the Ethernet
transmission rate and the duplex
settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half- Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex
Duplex
as the default value.
10BASE-T Full- Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex
Duplex
as the default value.
Port Status
*1
100BASE-TX
Half-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX HalfDuplex as the default value.
100BASE-TX
Full-Duplex
Selects 100Base-TX FullDuplex as the default value.
1000BASE-T
Full-Duplex
Selects 1000Base-T FullDuplex as the default value.
Current Ethernet Settings
Displays the current settings of
the Ethernet.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of
the printer.
LPD
Sets whether to enable LPD.
Port9100
Sets whether to enable Port9100.
IPP
Sets whether to enable IPP.
WSD
Sets whether to enable WSD.
SMB
Sets whether to enable SMB.
Bonjour
(mDNS)
Sets whether to enable Bonjour (mDNS).
E-Mail Alert
Sets whether to enable E-Mail Alert.
Telnet
Sets whether to enable Telnet.
SNMP
Sets whether to enable SNMP.
LLTD
Sets whether to enable LLTD.
This item is available only when the printer is connected using LAN cable.
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer
is rebooted. When you change or configure the settings, click the Apply New
Settings button to apply the new settings.
184
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.
Values:
TCP/IP
Settings
IP Mode
Sets the IP mode.
Host Name
Sets the host name.
IPv4
IP Address
Mode
Sets the method for acquiring the IP
address.
Manual IP
Address
When an IP address is being set manually,
the IP is allocated to the printer using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
Manual Subnet When an IP address is being set manually,
Mask
the subnet mask is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot
be specified as the subnet mask.
Manual
Gateway
Address
When an IP address is being set manually,
the gateway address is specified using the
format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that
makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the
range of 224 to 254 cannot be specified for
the first octet of a gateway address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
185
IPv6
DNS
Enable
Stateless
Address
Select the check box to enable the stateless
address.
Use Manual
Address
Select the check box to set the IP address
manually.
Manual
Address
Sets the IP address. To specify an IPv6
address, enter the address followed by a
slash (/) and then "64". For details, contact
your system administrator.
Manual
Gateway
Address
Sets the gateway address.
DNS Domain Sets the DNS domain name.
Name
IPv4
Get DNS
Allows you to enable or disable the
Server Address automatic setting of the DNS server
from DHCP
address via DHCP.
Manual DNS Manually sets the DNS server address in
Server Address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when Get DNS
Server Address from DHCP is not
selected.
IPv6
Get DNS
Select the check box to get the DNS server
Server Address address automatically from the DHCPv6from DHCPv6- lite server.
lite
Manual DNS Sets the DNS server address.
Server Address
Priority to
IPv6 DNS
Name
Resolution
186
Select the check box to enable the DNS
Name Resolution feature.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
WINS
LPD
WINS Mode
Allows you to enable or disable the automatic setting of the
primary and secondary WINS server addresses via DHCP.
WINS
Primary
Server
Manually sets the primary WINS server address in
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not selected.
WINS
Secondary
Server
Manually sets the secondary (backup) WINS server address
in xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx format when WINS Mode is not
selected.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP Filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9,000 to 9,999.
IPP
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period between 1 and 1,000
seconds.
IP Filter
(IPv4)
Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings on the IP
Filter (IPv4) page.
Printer URI
Displays the printer URI.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
Port Number Displays the port number for receiving requests from the
client.
Maximum
Sessions
WSD
Displays the maximum number of connections received
simultaneously by the client.
Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Receive
Time-Out
Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65,535 seconds.
Notification
Time-Out
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60 seconds.
Maximum
Number of
TTL
Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.
Maximum
Number of
Notification
Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
187
HTTP
Port Number Sets the port number to 80 or from 8,000 to 9,999.
Simultaneous Displays the maximum number of simultaneous
Connections connections.
Telnet
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255 seconds.
Password
Sets the password for Telnet.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set password.
Connection
Time-Out
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 1,000 seconds.
To configure the IP Filter feature, enter an IP address to be filtered in the
Address field and the Subnet Mask in the Address Mask field. Enter a numeric
value between 0 and 255 in each field. "*" is appended to the current value.
IP Filter Setup Procedure
You can set up to a maximum of five items and the first item set takes priority.
When setting multiple filters, enter the shortest address first followed by a
slightly longer address, a longer address and so on.
Enabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to enable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Permit.
4 Click Apply New Settings.
Disabling Printing From a Specified User
The following describes the procedure to disable printing only from the
"192.168.100.10" IP address.
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.100.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Reject.
188
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
4 Click the first column of the Access List row 2.
5 Enter "0.0.0.0" in the Address field and "0.0.0.0" in the Address
Mask field.
6 Select Permit.
7 Click Apply New Settings.
Enabling and Disabling Printing from Network Addresses
You can enable printing from the "192.168" network address and disable
printing from the "192.168.200" network address.
The example below describes how to enable printing from the
"192.168.200.10" IP address.
1 Click the first column of the Access List row 1.
2 Enter "192.168.200.10" in the Address field and
"255.255.255.255" in the Address Mask field.
3 Select Permit.
4 Click the first column of the Access List row 2.
5 Enter "192.168.200.0" in the Address field and "255.255.255.0" in
the Address Mask field.
6 Select Reject.
7 Click the first column of the Access List row 3.
8 Enter "192.168.0.0" in the Address field and "255.255.0.0" in the
Address Mask field.
9 Select Permit.
10 Click Apply New Settings.
SMB
Purpose:
To specify the setting of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol.
Values:
Host Name
Sets the host name of the server computer.
Workgroup
Sets the workgroup.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
189
Maximum Sessions
Sets the maximum number of sessions.
Unicode Support
Sets whether to notify the host name and workgroup name in
Unicode characters during SMB transmission.
Auto Master Mode
Sets whether to enable the Auto Master Mode.
Encrypt Password
Sets whether to encrypt the password.
Job Time-Out
Sets the job time-out period between 60 and 3,600 seconds.
Connection Time-Out Sets the connection time-out period between 60 and 3,600
seconds.
E-Mail Alert
Purpose:
To configure detailed settings for the E-Mail Alert. This page can also be
displayed by clicking the E-Mail Alert in the left frame.
Values:
190
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
E-Mail Server
Settings
Primary SMTP Sets the primary SMTP gateway.
Gateway
SMTP Port
Number
Sets the SMTP port number. This must be 25, 587
or between 5,000 and 65,535.
E-Mail Send
Authentication
Sets the authentication method for outgoing email.
SMTP Login
User
Sets the SMTP login user. Up to 63 alphanumeric
characters, periods, hyphens, underscores, and at
symbols (@) can be used. If specifying more than
one address, separate them using commas.
SMTP Login
Password
Sets the SMTP account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter SMTP Confirms the set SMTP account password.
Login Password
POP3 Server
Address*1
Sets the POP3 server address in IP address format
of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host name using
up to 63 characters.
POP3 Port
Number*1
Sets the POP3 server port number. This must be
110 or between 5,000 and 65,535.
POP User
Name*1
Sets the POP3 account user name. Up to 63
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If
specifying more than one address, separate them
using commas.
POP User
Password*1
Sets the POP3 account password using up to 31
alphanumeric characters.
Confirms the set password.
Re-enter POP
User Password*1
Reply Address
Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each
E-mail Alert.
SMTP Server
Connection
Displays the status of the SMTP server connection.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
191
E-Mail Alert
Settings
E-Mail List 1
Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts
List 1
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling Select the check box to receive
Alerts
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
E-Mail List 2
Sets acceptable e-mail
addresses for the E-Mail Alert
feature using up to 255
alphanumeric characters.
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts
List 2
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for
consumables.
Paper Handling Select the check box to receive
Alerts
an E-Mail Alert for paper
handling.
Service Call
*1
Select the check box to receive
an E-Mail Alert for Service
Calls.
This item is available only when POP before SMTP (Plain) or POP before SMTP
(APOP) for E-Mail Send Authentication is selected.
Bonjour (mDNS)
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of Bonjour.
Host Name
192
Sets the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-" (dash).
The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Name
Sets the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol
sets. The original setting will remain valid if no input is made.
SNMP
Purpose:
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.
Values:
SNMP
Configuration
Enable SNMP Select the check box to enable the SNMP v1/v2c
v1/v2c
protocol.
Protocol
Edit SNMP
v1/v2c
Properties
Click to display SNMP v1/v2c page and to edit the
setting of SNMP v1/v2c protocol from the page.
Enable SNMP Select the check box to enable the SNMP v3
v3 Protocol
protocol.
Edit SNMP v3 Click to display SNMP v3 page and to edit the
Properties
setting of SNMP v3 protocol from the page.
You can click this item only when SSL
communication is enabled.
SNMP v1/v2c
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v1/v2 protocol.
To enter this page, click Edit SNMP v1/v2 Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
Community
Name
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Sets the community name to access (read only) data
using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read Community is public.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
193
Re-enter
Community
Name (Read
only)*1
Enters the community name to access (read only)
data again to confirm it.
Community
Sets the community name to access (read and write)
Name
data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters.
(Read/Write)*1 The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for community name in
the previous settings will not be displayed on the
screen. The default Read/Write Community is
private.
Enters the community name to access (read and
Re-enter
write) data again to confirm it.
Community
Name
(Read/Write)*1
Community
Sets the community name used for trap up to 31
Name (Trap)*1 alphanumeric characters.
The original setting will remain valid if no input is
made. Characters entered for Community Name
(Trap) in the previous settings will not be displayed
on the screen. The default Trap Community is " "
(NULL).
Enters the community name used for trap again to
Re-enter
confirm it.
Community
Name (Trap)*1
194
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Trap
Trap Address
Notification 1-4 Type
Trap Address
Select the check boxes to notify trap occurrence. In
this case, specify the IP address and IP socket in the
following format:
Port Number
IPv4
Notify
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each section of
"nnn" is a variable value between 0 and 255. Note
that values 127 and 224-254 are not valid for the
first three-digits only. IP socket mmmmm is a
variable value between 0 and 65,535.
IPv6
Specify the IP address and IP socket in the
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmm
mm format. Each section of "xxxx" is a
hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and
65,535.
Authenticate
Error Trap
*1
Select the check box to notify Authenticate Error
Trap.
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
SNMP v3
Purpose:
To edit the detailed settings of SNMP v3 protocol. To enter this page, click Edit
SNMP v3 Properties in the SNMP page.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
195
Administrator
Account
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the administrator
account.
User Name
Enters the user name of the administrator account.
Authentication Sets the authentication password of the
Password
administrator account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Confirms the set password.
Authentication
Password
Print Drivers /
Remote Client
Account
Privacy
Password
Sets the privacy password of the administrator
account using 8 to 32 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter
Privacy
Password
Confirms the set password.
Account
Enabled
Select the check box to enable the print drivers and
remote client account.
Reset to default Click to reset the password for the print drivers and
Password
remote client account to default.
LLTD
Purpose:
To specify the maximum number of devices.
Values:
Maximum number of
Device
Sets the maximum number of device from 64 to 1,024.
Wireless LAN
NOTE: Wireless LAN feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the detailed setting for the wireless network. To use the wireless
adapter, be sure to disconnect the network cable.
196
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.
Values:
Wireless
Settings
Security
Settings
SSID
Sets the name that identifies the wireless network.
Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can be entered.
Network Type
Sets the network type from either Ad-Hoc or
Infrastructure.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the wireless adapter
for the printer.
Link Channel
Displays the channel number of the wireless
connection for the printer.
Link Quality
Displays the quality of the wireless network
connection for the printer.
Encryption
Select the security method from the list.
No Security
Sets No Security to configure
the wireless setting without
specifying a security method
from WEP, WPA-PSK, and
WPA-Enterprise.
WEP
Sets the WEP to use through
the wireless network.
WPAPSK(WPA2PSK)*1, 2
Sets the WPA-PSK to use
through the wireless network.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
197
WEP
WPA-PSK
Encryption
Select the WEP key code from either Hex or Ascii.
WEP Key 1
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 1
Enters the WEP key 1 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 2
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 2
Enters the WEP key 2 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 3
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 3
Enters the WEP key 3 again to confirm it.
WEP Key 4
Sets the WEP key set used through the wireless
network only when WEP 128bit or WEP 64bit is
selected for Encryption.
Re-enter WEP
Key 4
Enters the WEP key 4 again to confirm it.
Transmit Key
Sets the transmit key type from the list.
Pass Phrase
Sets the pass phrase.
Re-enter Pass
Phrase
Enters the pass phrase again to confirm it.
*1
For encryption, AES or TKIP method is used.
*2
This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network
Type.
NOTE: The optional wireless adapter supports WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, WPAPSK-AES, and WPA-PSK-AES.
Reset Print Server
Purpose:
198
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
To initialize NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the network feature and reboot
the printer. You can also initialize NVRAM of the printer from Reset Defaults
in the Printer Settings menu.
Values:
Initialize NIC
Click the Start button to initialize NVRAM, revert network
NVRAM Memory and settings to the factory default settings, and reboot the network
restart printer.
capability.
Restart Printer
Click the Start button to reboot the printer.
Security
The Security tab includes Set Password, SSL/TLS, IPsec, 802.1x and IP
Filter (IPv4).
Set Password
Purpose:
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of
the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Set the password of the operator panel from Panel Lock in the Printer Settings.
This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the Left Frame.
NOTE: To restore the password to the default (NULL), initialize the non-volatile
memory (NVM).
Values:
Administrator Password
Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters.
Re-enter Administrator
Password
Confirms the set password.
Access denial by the
authentication failure of
the Administrator
Sets the amount of time the administrator should wait for
the access to the printer setup from Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. Sets the time period from 5 up
to 255 seconds. The access is denied if the time-out time is
exceeded. If you set 0, this mode is disabled.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
199
SSL/TLS
Purpose:
To specify the settings for the SSL encryption communication to the printer.
Values:
SSL/TLS
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication*1
Select the check box to enable the HTTPSSL/TLS Communication.
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Sets the port number, which is not identical with
Communication Port that of HTTP for SSL/TLS. This must be 443 or
Number
between 8,000 and 9,999.
Click this button to display the Generate SelfMachine
Generate SelfDigital
Signed Certificate*2 Signed Certificate page.
Certification Certificate Details*3 Click this button to display the Certificate
Details page for the contents of the certificate or
to delete the certificate.
*1
This item is enabled only when you generate the self-signed certificate on the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*2
This button is grayed out after you generate the self-signed certificate on the Generate Self-Signed Certificate page.
*3
This button is available only when HTTP-SSL/TLS Communication is set to
Enable.
SSL/TLS (Generate Self-Signed Certificate)
Purpose:
To generate a self-signed certificate.
Values:
Generate
Self-Signed
Certificate
Size of Public Key
Sets the size of public key.
Issuer
Sets the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Generate Signed Certificate
Click this button to generate the signed
certificate.
Back
Click this button to go back to the previous page.
200
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
SSL/TLS (Certificate Details)
Purpose:
To refer to the contents of the certificate or delete the certificate.
Values:
Certificate Category
Details
Issued To
Displays the category of the device to certificate.
Displays the device to certificate.
Issuer
Displays the issuer of the self-signed certificate.
Serial Number
Displays the serial number of the device.
Size of Public Key
Display the size of public key.
Valid From
Displays the time the certificate is valid.
Valid Until
Displays the time the certificate is invalid.
Status
Displays whether the certificate is valid or not.
Certificate Purpose Displays the purpose of certificate.
Certificate Selection Displays the type of device certificate you
Status
selected.
Delete
Click this button to delete the self-signed
certificate.
Back
Click this button to go back to the previous page.
IPsec
Purpose:
To specify the Security Architecture settings for Internet Protocol (IPsec) for
encrypted communication to the printer.
Values:
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
201
IPsec Settings
Protocol
Select the check box to enable the protocol.
IKE
Sets IKE authentication. IKE is fixed to PreShared Key.
Pre-Shared Key
Sets a shared key. Up to 255 alphanumeric
characters, periods, and hyphens can be used.
Re-enter PreShared Key
Enters the shared key again to confirm it.
IKE SA Lifetime Sets the lifetime for IKE SA from 5 to 28,800
minutes.
IPsec SA
Lifetime
Sets the lifetime for IPsec SA from 5 to 2,880
minutes.
DH Group
Sets the DH group.
PFS
Select the check box to enable the PFS setting.
Remote peers
IPv4 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Remote peers
IPv6 address
Sets the IP address to connect to.
Non IPsec
communication
policy
Allows communication with a device which
does not support IPsec.
NOTE: If IPsec is enabled with incorrect settings, you must disable it using the
Reset IPsec menu on the operator panel.
802.1x
Purpose:
To specify the settings for IEEE 802.1x authentication for encrypted
communication to the printer.
Values:
202
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Configure
802.1x
Enable IEEE
802.1x
Select the check box to enable IEEE 802.1x
authentication.
Authentication EAP-MD5 Selects the authentication method to
Method
EAP-MS- use for IEEE 802.1x authentication.
CHAPv2
PEAP/MSCHAPv2
Login Name:
Sets the login name (device name) for IEEE 802.1x
(Device Name) authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Password
Sets the login password for IEEE 802.1x
authentication using up to 128 alphanumeric
characters.
Re-enter
Password
Confirms the set login password.
IP Filter (IPv4)
Purpose:
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to
the printer.
Values:
Access List
Address
Sets the IP addresses that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Address Mask
Sets the subnet mask that are permitted or denied
access to the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0
and 255 in each field.
Active Mode
Reject
Rejects printing from specified network
address.
Permit
Permits printing from specified network
address.
Disabled
Disables the IP Filter feature for the
specified IP address.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
203
Copy Printer Settings
The Copy Printer Settings menu includes the Copy Printer Settings and
Copy Printer Settings Report pages.
Copy Printer Settings
Purpose:
To copy the printer settings to one or more of the same model of the printer.
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of
the printer to which the settings are copied in the IP Address text box and
Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out period is
60 seconds. After that, you can check whether the settings were copied to this
page. And you need to check the Copy the settings to the Host in the above
list and reboot the printer menu of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
in the destination printer to verify if the settings were actually copied or not.
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the settings
of only the same items are copied. Printer settings are simultaneously copied to
printers of up to 10 IP addresses.
Copy Printer Settings Report
Purpose:
To verify whether the printer setting is copied to other printers successfully.
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.
Print Volume
The Printer Volume menu includes the Print Volume and Dell ColorTrack
pages.
Print Volume
Purpose:
To verify the number of printed pages. This page can also be displayed by
clicking Print Volume in the left frame.
Values:
204
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Printer Page Count
Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was
shipped from the factory.
Paper Used
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.
Dell ColorTrack
Purpose:
To specify which users have access to color printing and to limit print volume
per user.
Values:
ColorTrack
Mode
Sets whether to enable the ColorTrack mode, which specifies who has
access to color printing.
No Account
User Print
Sets whether to permit the printing of data without authentication
information. To permit the printing for non-account user, set to On.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Sets whether to automatically print error-related information if
printing with ColorTrack results in an error.
User
Registration*1
Click Edit User Registration to edit print user registrations.
*1
This item is available only when ColorTrack Mode is set to On.
Edit Print User Registration - List
Purpose:
To edit the print meter setting for each user.
Values:
User No. List to:
Selecting each button displays a list of print meter settings for the
group of user registration numbers indicated on the button.
No.
Displays the user registration number.
User Name
Displays the user name. (Not in Use) is displayed in User Name
when there is no registration.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
205
MonoCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to date and
the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is permitted to
print.
ColorCount
(Limit)
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date and the
maximum number of color pages the user is permitted to print.
Delete
Deletes the entry for the selected user registration number.
Confirm /
Change
Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected
user registration number.
Create
Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the
selected user registration number.
Print User Settings (Confirm/Change, Create)
Purpose:
To view or edit the user entries on the Edit Print User Registration page, or
create a new entry. The following items are in the dialog box that appears when
you click the Confirm/Change or Create button on the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Values:
User Registration No. Displays the selected user registration number.
Delete User*1
Click this button to display the Print User Settings - Delete
page to delete the user from registration.
User Name
Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered
under the selected user registration number, or enter a user
name for the new entry.
Password
Displays the password associated with the user name in
asterisks, or allows you to enter a password for the new entry.
Re-enter Password
Confirms the set password.
Color Mode
Limitation
Sets whether to permit only monochrome printing or both color
and monochrome printing.
Upper Limit for Color Sets the maximum number of color pages the user is permitted
Print
to print.
Cumulative Color
Page Count
206
Displays the total number of color pages printed to date.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
Upper Limit for
Monochrome Print
Sets the maximum number of monochrome pages the user is
permitted to print.
Cumulative
Monochrome Page
Count
Displays the total number of monochrome pages printed to
date.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Restore Settings
Click this button to restore the previous settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the Edit Print User Registration
- List page.
*1
This item is available only when you click the Confirm / Change button.
Print User Settings (Delete)
Purpose:
To delete the user entries registered on the Edit Print User Registration page.
The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click the Delete
button on the Edit Print User Registration page.
Values:
User Registration No.
Displays the selected user registration number.
User Name
Displays the name of the user registered under the user
registration number.
Apply New Settings
Click this button to apply the new settings.
Back
Click this button to return to the Edit Print User
Registration page.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Values:
Tray 1 Paper
Size
Sets the size of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
207
Tray 1 Paper
Type
Sets the type of paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
Size - Y
tray.
Tray 1 Custom Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
Size - X
tray.
Tray 1 Display Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
Popup
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Size*1
Sets the size of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Sets the type of paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Sets whether to display a popup message that prompts the user to set
the paper size and type when the paper is loaded in the optional 250Popup*1
sheet feeder.
*1
208
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool
14
Print Media Guidelines
Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others.
Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting
the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This
section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and loading the
print media in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Paper
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long
paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb)
xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you try a sample first
before buying large quantities of any print media.
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package,
and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the
SSF" for detailed loading instructions.
Paper Characteristics
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is
recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper
stock.
Weight
The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to
80 lb bond) grain long. The single sheet feeder automatically feeds paper
weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long. Paper lighter
than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best
performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper.
Curl
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can
cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes
through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
209
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
unwrapped, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to
printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing on
curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the single sheet feeder.
Smoothness
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects the print quality. If the paper is
too rough, the toner does not fuse on to the paper properly, resulting in poor
print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems.
Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print
quality.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both the print quality and the ability
of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original
packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper to
moisture changes that can degrade its performance.
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is
either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the
width of the paper. For 60 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 (16 lb to 36 lb bond) paper, grain
long fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb bond),
grain short is preferred.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 % chemically pulped
wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton may lead to degraded paper
handling.
Recommended Paper
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb)
xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also
provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions.
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the
manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is
acceptable for laser printers.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
210
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the
weight, fiber content, and color.
Unacceptable Paper
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
•
Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also
known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon
required (NCR) paper.
•
Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer.
•
Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser.
•
Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the
page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR)
forms.
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to
successfully print on these forms.
•
Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper.
•
Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper.
•
Recycled paper containing more than 25 % post-consumer waste that does
not meet DIN 19 309.
•
Multiple-part forms or documents.
•
Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the
text) when printing on talc or acid paper.
Selecting Paper
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:
•
Always use new, undamaged paper.
•
Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper.
This information is usually indicated on the paper package.
•
Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed.
•
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may
result in a paper jam.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
211
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
•
Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray.
•
Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the
stack on a level surface.
Selecting Pre-Printed Media and Letterheads
When selecting pre-printed and letterhead paper for the printer:
•
Use grain long paper for best results.
•
Use only forms and letterheads printed using an offset lithographic or
engraved printing process.
•
Select paper that absorb ink, but does not bleed.
•
Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
•
Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic
copiers. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225 °C (437 °F) without
melting or releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Use inks that are not affected by the resin in the toner or the silicone in the
fuser. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these requirements;
latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper
When selecting pre-punched paper for the printer:
•
Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large
quantities of pre-punched paper.
•
Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper
already packaged in a ream. Drilled paper can cause jams when multiple
sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
212
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your
printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be as
good as standard paper.
•
Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched paper.
Printing on a Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre-printed
letterhead that you have selected is acceptable for laser printers.
Page orientation is important when printing on pre-printed paper such as
letterhead and pre-punched paper. The following table shows the orientation
when loading letterheads in the tray or feeders. For other pre-printed and prepunched paper, load the paper by reference to the following table.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
213
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
Print media source
Print side
Standard 250-sheet Dell 2150cn Color Printer
tray and Optional
Face up
250-sheet feeder
Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Letterhead enters
the printer first
NOTE: Set LetterH Dup Mode
(Letterhead Duplex Mode) to Enable
and Paper Type to Letterhead,
Preprinted, or Prepunched from the
operator panel or the printer driver even
when you print on a single side of
letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched
paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
214
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
Print media source
Print side
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Envelopes
Depending on the envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels of wrinkling.
It is recommended that you try a sample first before buying large quantities of
any print media. See "Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in the SSF" for
instructions on loading an envelope.
When printing on envelopes:
•
Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.
•
Set the print media source to the single sheet feeder or the standard 250-sheet
tray. Set the paper type to Envelope, and select the correct size of envelope
from the printer driver.
•
Use envelopes made from 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) paper. You can use up to 105
g/m2 (28 lb bond) weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton
content is 25 % or less. Envelopes with 100 % cotton content must not
exceed 90 g/m2 (24 lb bond) weight.
•
Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.
•
Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If
you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with the
envelope supplier.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
215
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.
•
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope with the
flaps closed and the short-edge of the envelope facing into the printer. The
print side must be facing down.
•
See "Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional 250Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in the SSF" for instructions on
loading an envelope.
•
Use one envelope size during a print job.
•
Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60 %) and
the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.
•
For best performance, do not use envelopes that:
–
Have excessive curl or twist
–
Are stuck together or damaged in any way
–
Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or embossing
–
Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars
–
Have an interlocking design
–
Have postage stamps attached
–
Have any exposed adhesive when the flap is in the sealed or closed
position
–
Have nicked edges or bent corners
–
Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes
Labels
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.
When selecting labels:
•
Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to
withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) and pressure of 25 pounds per
square inch (psi).
•
Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or
releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
216
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
When printing on labels:
•
Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.
•
Set the paper type to Label from the printer driver.
•
Use "Standard Tray" for label.
•
Do not print through "Single Sheet Feeder" for label.
•
Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray.
•
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.
•
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the
perforations, or between die-cuts of the label.
•
Do not print a label through the printer more than once.
•
Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.
•
Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.
•
Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during
printing, resulting in a jam.
•
Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is
recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm (0.04
inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your printer and
could void your warranty.
CAUTION: Otherwise the printer occur in a jam and contaminate your printer
and your cartridges with adhesive. As a result, could void your printer and cartridge
warranties.
Storing Print Media
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines will help to avoid
media feeding problems and uneven print quality.
•
Store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately
21 °C (70 °F) and the relative humidity is 40 %.
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
217
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
•
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl.
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Identifying Print Media and Specifications
The following tables show print media information.
Supported Paper Sizes
Paper size
Single sheet
feeder
Standard 250- Optional 250- Duplexer
sheet tray
sheet feeder
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
A4 (210 x 297 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
B5 (182 x 257 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
A5 (148 x 210 mm)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Letter (8.5 x 11 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Folio (8.5 x 13 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Legal (8.5 x 14 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in)
*2
Y
*2
N
Y
N
N
N
N
C5 (162 x 229mm)
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Custom*1
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
DL (110 x 220mm)
Y
*1: Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inch) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inch)
length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inch) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inch)
*2: Monarch LEF and DL LEF are not available.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
218
Print Media Guidelines
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
Supported Paper Types
Paper type
Single sheet
feeder
Standard
250-sheet
tray
Optional
250-sheet
feeder
Duplexer
Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 Side 2
Plain
Covers
Coated
Label
Light
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Normal
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Thick
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Normal
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Normal
Y
-
N
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
Y
-
N
-
N
-
N
-
Normal
N
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Thick
N
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Envelope
Y
-
Y
-
N
-
N
-
Recycled
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Letterhead
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Preprinted
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Prepunched
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Y
-
Color
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
NOTE: For Plain and Label paper, you can set the paper density by selecting the
Paper Density (Light or Normal) under Printer Maintenance from the operator
panel, Tool Box, or Dell Configuration Web Tool. Once you set the Paper Density
settings, the printer uses the settings for Plain and Label paper.
Paper Type Specifications
Weight (g/m2)
Paper type
Remarks
Plain
60–90
-
Plain Thick
80/90–105
-
Recycled
60–105
-
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Print Media Guidelines
219
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section14.fm
Weight (g/m2)
Paper type
Remarks
Labels
-
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Covers
106–163
-
Covers Thick
164–216
-
Envelope
-
-
Coated
106–163
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Coated Thick
164–216
Inkjet printer paper cannot
be used.
Letterhead
-
-
Preprinted
64
-
Prepunched
64
-
Color
64
-
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
220
Print Media Guidelines
15
Loading Print Media
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free
printing.
Before loading any print media, identify the recommended print side of the print
media. This information is usually indicated on the print media package.
Capacity
The standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder can hold:
•
250 sheets of the standard paper.
The SSF can hold:
•
1 sheet of the standard paper.
Print Media Dimensions
The maximum dimensions of print media that the standard 250-sheet tray,
optional 250-sheet feeder, and SSF can handle are:
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inches)
•
Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)
Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the tray while printing is in progress.
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in the printer.
1 Pull the tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the tray with both hands,
and remove it from the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
221
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
2 Adjust the paper guides.
NOTE: Extend the rear side of the tray when you load Legal size paper.
3 Before loading the print media, flex the sheets and fan them. Straighten the
edges of the stack on a level surface.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
222
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
4 Load the print media into the tray with the recommended print side facing up.
NOTE: Do not exceed the maximum fill line in the tray. Overfilling the tray
may cause paper jams.
5 Align the width guides against the edges of the paper.
NOTE: When loading user-specified print media, adjust the width guides
and slide the extendable part of the tray by pinching the length guide and
sliding it until it rests lightly against the edge of the paper.
6 After confirming that the guides are securely adjusted, insert the tray into the
printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
223
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
7 On the operator panel, press
appears, and then press the
or
button until the desired paper size
(Set) button.
8 Press
or
button until the desired paper type appears, and then press
the
(Set) button.
Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and Optional 250Sheet Feeder
Use the following guidelines when loading envelopes in the standard 250-sheet
tray and optional 250-sheet feeder:
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray and optional
250-sheet feeder right after they have been removed from the packaging, they may
bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below before loading the envelopes in
the tray.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
224
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
Envelope #10
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
Monarch or DL
The Monarch or DL envelopes can be loaded in one of the following ways:
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the right when you face towards the printer.
OR
Load the envelopes long edge feed with the flaps open and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the top when you face towards the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
225
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
C5
Load the envelopes short edge feed with the flaps closed and the print side up.
Ensure that the flaps come at the bottom when you face towards the printer.
Loading Letterhead (Pre-Printed and Pre-Punched Paper)
When using the standard 250-sheet tray and optional 250-sheet feeder, the preprinted paper such as letterhead enters the printer with the print side facing up
for Dell 2150cn Color Printer. As for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, the pre-printed
paper such as letterhead and pre-punched paper enter the printer with the print
side facing down as shown below.
NOTE: For Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, set LetterH Dup Mode (Letterhead
Duplex Mode) to Enable and Paper Type to Letterhead, Preprinted,
or Prepunched from the operator panel or the printer driver even when you print
on a single side of letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched paper.
When using the single sheet feeder, the pre-printed paper such as letterhead
enters the printer first with the print side facing down.
The following table shows the orientation when loading letterheads in the tray or
feeders. For other pre-printed and pre-punched paper, load the paper by
reference to the following table.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
226
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
Print media source
Print side
Page orientation
Standard 250-sheet Dell 2150cn Color Printer
tray and optional
Face up
250-sheet feeder
Letterhead enters
the printer last
Dell 2150cdn Color Printer
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Face down
NOTE: Set LetterH Dup Mode
(Letterhead Duplex Mode) to Enable
and Paper Type to Letterhead,
Preprinted, or Prepunched from the
operator panel or the printer driver even
when you print on a single side of
letterhead, pre-printed, or pre-punched
paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
227
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
Print media source
Print side
Single sheet feeder
(SSF)
Face down
Page orientation
Letterhead enters
the printer first
Loading Print Media in the SSF
1 Adjust the width guides to the print media's width.
2 Hold both sides of the print media facing down close to the single sheet
feeder, and push it 8 cm to 9 cm (4 inches) into the printer until it
automatically feeds.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
228
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
NOTE: Do not force the print media into the single sheet feeder.
NOTE: Load letterhead face-down, with the top of the sheet entering the
printer first.
NOTE: If you experience problems with paper feed, turn the paper around.
Loading an Envelope in the SSF
Envelope #10, Monarch, or DL
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap closed and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at
the right when you face towards the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
229
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely closed.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the top right side.
C5
To load an envelope into the single sheet feeder, insert the envelope short edge
feed with the flap open and the print side down. Ensure that the flap comes at the
bottom when you face towards the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
230
Loading Print Media
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
OR
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, coated linings, or self-stick
adhesives. These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you load an envelope with the flap completely opened.
NOTE: Insert an envelope with the flap side face up and with the stamp area on
the bottom right side.
Using the SSF
•
Load only one size and type of print media during a single print job.
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, use only high-quality print media
that is designed for use in laser printer. For more guidelines on print media,
see "Print Media Guidelines."
•
Do not add or remove print media when the printer is printing from the SSF.
This may result in a paper jam.
•
Print media should be loaded with the recommended print side down and the
top of the print media going into the SSF first.
•
Do not place objects on the SSF. Also, avoid pressing down or apply
excessive force on it.
•
The icons on the SSF show how to load the SSF with paper, and how to turn
an envelope for printing.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Loading Print Media
231
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section15.fm
Linking Trays
The printer automatically links the trays when you load the same size and type
of print media in them. The first tray will be utilized until the media runs out
after which the next tray will be used.
NOTE: The print media should be the same size and type in each tray.
The SSF cannot be linked to any of the tray sources.
After loading the selected trays with the same size and type of print media,
select the Paper Type setting in the Tray Settings component for each source
(tray).
To disable tray linking change the Paper type in one of the sources (trays) to a
unique value.
NOTE: If different types of print media of the same size are loaded in each tray,
the printer will automatically link them if the paper type is not specified in the
printer driver properties/preferences.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
232
Loading Print Media
16
Operator Panel
Using the Operator Panel Buttons
The operator panel has a 2-line by 16-character liquid crystal display (LCD),
seven buttons, and two indicators that flash when the printer is ready to print,
and when an error occurs.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
1 LCD panel
•
2
Displays various settings, instructions, and error messages.
button
•
3
In the Menu mode, scrolls through menus or items. To enter numbers or
passwords for secure print jobs, press these buttons.
button
•
4
In the Menu mode, selects submenus or setting values.
(Menu) button
•
In the Print mode, switches to the Menu mode.
•
In the Menu mode, switches to the Print mode.
5 Ready / Error LED
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Operator Panel
233
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
•
Lights green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data
is being received. (Ready LED)
•
Lights orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable
print error occurs. (Error LED)
6
(Set) button
•
7
In the Menu mode, displays the selected menu or item and determines
the selected value.
(Cancel) button
•
Cancels the current print job.
•
In the top level of the Menu mode, switches to the Print mode.
•
In the submenu of the Menu mode, switches to the previous level.
NOTE: Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the
current entry or setting. Make sure to press the
(Set) button to save the current
entry or setting.
Printing a Panel Settings Page
The panel settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Press
button until Panel Settings appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The panel settings page is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of this printer
listed in Printer Names, and then click Ok.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
234
Operator Panel
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Reports tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the Panel Settings button.
The panel settings page is printed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Operator Panel
235
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section16.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
236
Operator Panel
Printing
237
238
17
Printing
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain information from your
printer, and how to cancel a job.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Tips for Successful Printing
Tips on Storing Print Media
Store your print media properly. For more information, see "Storing Print
Media."
Avoiding Paper Jams
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended
that you try a sample first.
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid
paper jams. See the following instructions on loading print media:
•
"Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250Sheet Feeder"
•
"Loading Print Media in the SSF"
•
"Avoiding Jams"
If you encounter a paper jam, see "Clearing Jams."
Printing
239
Sending a Job to Print
To support all of the printer features, use the printer driver. When you choose
Print from a software program, a window representing the printer driver opens.
Select the appropriate settings for the specific job that you are sending to print.
Print settings selected from the driver override the default menu settings
selected from the operator panel or Tool Box.
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the
available system settings you can change. If you are not familiar with a feature
in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.
To print a job from a typical Microsoft® Windows® application:
1 Open the file you want to print.
2 From the File menu, select Print.
3 Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the system
settings as appropriate (such as the pages you want to print or the number of
copies).
4 Click Preferences to adjust system settings that are not available from the
first screen, and then click OK.
5 Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.
Canceling a Print Job
There are several methods for canceling a job.
•
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
•
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Operator Panel
To cancel a job after it has started printing:
1 Press the
(Cancel) button.
Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will
continue to print.
240
Printing
Canceling a Job From a Computer Running Windows
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the bottom right
corner of the taskbar.
1 Double-click the printer icon.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
2 Select the job you want to cancel.
3 Press Delete on the keyboard.
Canceling a Job From the Desktop
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
For Windows XP®: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista®: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server® 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
A list of available printers appears.
2 Double-click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print.
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.
3 Select the job you want to cancel.
4 Press Delete on the keyboard.
Duplex Printing
Duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to print on both sides of a
sheet of paper. For sizes that are acceptable for duplex printing, see "Supported
Paper Sizes."
Duplex Printing With Duplexer (Dell 2150cdn Color Printer Only)
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
Printing
241
For Windows XP: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.
The Paper/Output tab appears.
3 Select Paper Source from Tray 1, Tray 2, and Auto.
4 From Duplex, select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see "Flip on Long Edge" and "Flip on Short Edge."
5 Click OK.
Duplex Printing Without Duplexer (Dell 2150cn Color Printer Only)
Manual duplex printing (or two-sided printing) allows you to manually print on
both sides of the paper. For information on the paper sizes that support manual
duplex printing, see "Supported Paper Sizes."
NOTE: You can use the manual duplex feature using PCL 6 printer driver.
NOTE: To use the manual duplex feature, select Paper Source other than Auto or
SSF.
1 Click StartPrinters and Faxes.
For Windows XP: Click start Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Vista: Click Start Control Panel Hardware and
Sound Printers.
For Windows Server 2008: Click Start Control Panel Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows 7: Click Start Devices and
Printers.
2 Right-click the printer and select Printing Preferences.
The Paper/Output tab appears.
242
Printing
3 From Paper Source, select Tray 1 or Tray 2.
4 From Duplex, select Flip on Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge.
NOTE: For details on the Flip on Long Edge and Flip on Short Edge
options, see "Flip on Long Edge" and "Flip on Short Edge."
5 Click OK.
A window that shows the instructions for manual duplex printing appears.
The even-numbered pages are printed from the printer.
Clicking the OK button on your printer driver will first print the evennumbered pages of your document. If your document consists of six pages,
its even-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 6, 4, and then 2.
After the even-numbered pages are printed, a message Insert Output
to Tray 1 (Tray 2) (071-920 or 072-920) appears on the operator
panel.
6 Remove the stack of output from the output tray. Load the stack back into the
tray without turning it over (with the blank side face up).
7 A message Press
to continue printing (071-921 or
072-921) appears on the operator panel. Press the
(Set) button.
The odd-numbered pages are printed in the order of page 1, 3, and then 5.
NOTE: You cannot duplex print mix-sized documents.
Printing
243
Using Booklet Print (Dell 2150cn and 2150cdn Models)
To use the booklet print feature, select Booklet Creation in the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document dialog box displayed by clicking the
Booklet/Poster/Mixed Document button. Flip on Long Edge binding position
is selected by default. If you want to change the position, select Flip on Short
Edge from the Duplex menu in the printer properties dialog box.
NOTE: For Dell 2150cdn Color Printer, select Paper Source or Auto to use the
booklet printing feature. For Dell 2150cn Color Printer, select Paper Source. You
cannot select Auto or SSF for booklet printing.
NOTE: When XPS driver is used, booklet print is not available.
Flip on Long Edge
244
Printing
Assumes binding along the long edge of the page (left edge for
portrait orientation and top edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows long-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Flip on Short Edge
Assumes binding along the short edge of the page (top edge for
portrait orientation and left edge for landscape orientation). The
following illustration shows short-edge binding for portrait and
landscape pages:
Using the Stored Print Function
When you send a job to the printer, you can specify in the driver that you want
the printer to store the job in the memory. When you are ready to print the job,
go to the printer and use the operator panel menus to identify which job in the
memory you want to print. You can use this function for Secure Print, Private
MailBox Print, Public MailBox Print, and Proof Print.
NOTE: Stored Print function is available when:
•
The optional memory module is installed.
•
The RAM disk is enabled in the operator panel menu.
•
RAM Disk is set to Available in the printer driver.
NOTE: The data in memory is cleared when the printer is turned off.
The stored print function includes the following job types:
•
Secure Print
•
Private MailBox Print
Printing
245
•
Public MailBox Print
•
Proof Print
Secure Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them later from
the operator panel. This feature can be used to print confidential documents. A
stored print job will be deleted after you print it or at a designated time.
NOTE: Secure Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Private MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel. This feature can be used to print
confidential documents. The stored jobs remain in printer memory until you
delete them on the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Private MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Public MailBox Print
You can store print jobs temporarily in printer memory and print them at a more
convenient time from the operator panel or turn off the printer. A print job is
stored until you delete it from printer memory on the printer operator panel. You
cannot use the password function with this feature. This function does not
require a password to print a stored job.
NOTE: Public MailBox Print is available when using the PCL driver.
Proof Print
When you specify multiple copies for a collated job, this feature allows you to
print only the first set for checking, before proceeding to print the remaining
copies at the printer.
NOTE: If a print job is too large for the memory available, the printer may display
error messages.
NOTE: If a document name is not assigned to your print job in the printer driver,
the job's name will be identified using the printer's time and date of submission to
distinguish it from other jobs you have stored under your name.
NOTE: Proof Print is available when using the PCL driver.
246
Printing
Storing Print Jobs
When you select a job type other than Normal Print in the Paper/Output tab of
the printer driver, the job will be stored in temporary memory until you request
to print it from the operator panel or turn off the printer.
NOTE: Secure Print and Private MailBox Print require specifying a password for
confidentiality.
Printing the Stored Jobs
Once jobs are stored, you can use the operator panel to specify printing. Select
the job type you are using from Secure Print, Private MailBox Print, Public
MailBox Print, and Proof Print. Then, select your user name from a list. Secure
Print and Private MailBox Print require the password you specified in the driver
when you sent the job.
To print the stored documents, use the procedure below.
1 Press the
2 Press
button.
(Menu) button.
button until Print Menu appears, and then press the
(Set)
3 Press
button until the desired job type appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The stored document will be printed.
Specifying Your Password on the Operator Panel (Secure Print/Private
MailBox Print)
When you select Secure Print or Private MailBox Print from the
Print Menu after selecting your user name, the following prompt appears:
[]
Use the buttons on the operator panel to enter the numeric password you
specified in the printer driver. The password you entered will be displayed as
asterisks (*******) to ensure confidentiality.
Printing
247
If you enter an invalid password, the message Wrong Password appears. Wait
three seconds, or press the
(Set) or
(Cancel) button to return to the
screen for user selection.
When you enter a valid password, you have access to all print jobs matching the
user name and password you entered. The print jobs matching the password you
entered appear on the screen. You can then choose to print or delete jobs
matching the password you entered. (See "Printing the Stored Jobs" for more
information.)
Deleting Stored Jobs
With Secure Print, a job that has been stored will be deleted after printing or
deleted at a designated time if entered on the operator panel or at turning off the
printer.
For other jobs, these jobs remain stored until you delete them on the operator
panel or turn off the printer.
Printing a Report Page
By using the Reports menu, you can print a variety of settings for your printer
including system settings, panel setting, and font list. The following sections
describe two examples of printing from the Reports menu.
•
Printing Printer Settings Report
•
Printing Font Sample List
Printing Printer Settings Report
To verify detailed printer settings, print a printer settings report. A printed
printer settings report also allows you to verify whether or not options have been
installed properly.
See "Understanding the Printer Menus" to identify the display and operator
panel buttons if you need help.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
248
Printing
(Set)
3 Ensure that Printer Settings is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed
The message Send Printer Information. appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the printer settings report.
If any other message appears when you print this page, see the online Help for
more information.
Printing Font Sample List
To print samples of all the fonts currently available for your printer:
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Press
button until PCL Fonts List appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
Printing
249
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the PCL Fonts List button.
The PCL fonts list is printed.
The message Send Printer Information. appears while the page prints.
The printer returns to the standby mode after printing the font sample list.
Printer Settings
You can change most of the system settings from your software program. If your
printer is attached to the network, you can change settings from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool. To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool, type the printer's IP address in your web browser. To find your printer's IP
address, see "Printing Printer Settings Report."
Settings from the software program update the default system settings for the
printer. Settings from the printer driver only apply to the job that you are
currently sending to the printer.
If you cannot change a setting from your software program, use the operator
panel, Tool Box or the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Changing a
system setting from the operator panel, Tool Box or from the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool makes that setting the user default.
Printing Printer Settings Report
You can verify the detailed system settings by printing a printer settings report.
250
Printing
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Ensure that Printer Settings is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reports page appears.
4 Click the Printer Settings button.
The printer settings report is printed
Using the Operator Panel to Change the Printer Settings
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.
When you first browse through the menus from the operator panel, you see an
asterisk (*) next to an item in the menus.
The asterisks indicate the factory default menu settings. These settings are the
original printer settings.
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, an asterisk appears next
to the setting to identify it as the current user default menu setting.
Printing
251
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are
restored.
To select a new value as a setting:
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
or
(Set) button.
button until the desired menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
or
then press the
button until the desired menu or menu item appears, and
(Set) button.
•
If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system setting
in the menu appears.
•
If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu
item appears. (The current user default menu setting has an asterisk (*)
beside it.)
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting
•
A numerical value that can be changed
•
An On or Off setting
4 Press
or
(Set) button.
5 Press the
button until the desired value appears, and then press the
(Cancel) or
button to return to the previous menu.
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting new
values, press the
(Cancel) button.
Driver settings may override changes previously made and may require you to
change the operator panel defaults.
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to Change the Printer
Settings
If your printer is connected to the network, you can change the printer settings
from your web browser. If you are a network administrator, you can clone the
system settings of one printer to one or all the printers on the network.
252
Printing
Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser. Choose Printer
Settings from the topics list, and then select the System Settings you want to
change.
To change the paper type and size, choose Tray Settings from the topics list. To
change the Color Track settings, choose Print Volume from the topics list, and
then select the Dell Color Track tab.
To copy your system settings to another printer on the network, choose Copy
Printer Settings from the topics list, and then type the other printer's IP address.
If you do not know your printer's IP address, see the printer settings report or
display the TCP/IP settings.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Ensure that Report/List is displayed, and then press the
button.
(Set)
3 Ensure that Printer Settings is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
The printer settings report is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Settings Report tab is open.
3 Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.
Printing
253
Resetting Defaults
After resetting defaults and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Maintenance appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Reset Defaults appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The Are you sure? message appears on the operator panel.
5 Press the
(Set) button.
NOTE: To cancel resetting defaults, press the
(Cancel) button.
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reset Defaults page appears.
4 Select the System Section button.
The printer is turned off automatically to apply the settings.
254
Printing
Adjusting the Language
To display a different language on the operator panel:
Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button until Panel Language appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
3 Press
button until the desired language appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select System Settings from the list at the left side of the page.
The System Settings page appears.
4 Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then press the Apply
New Settings button.
Printing
255
256
Printing
Know Your Printer
257
258
18
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
The Tool Box allows you to view, specify, and diagnose the system settings.
The Tool Box consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance,
and Diagnosis tabs.
NOTE: A Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings
on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the printer. In this case, input the password
that you have already specified, and click OK to apply the settings.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Printer Settings Report
The Printer Settings Report tab includes the Printer Information, Menu
Settings, Reports, TCP/IP Settings.
Printer Information
Purpose:
To display the system information of the printer.
Values:
Dell Service Tag Number
Displays the service tag number of your printer.
Express Service Code
Displays the express service code number.
Printer Serial Number
Displays the serial number of your printer.
Printer Type
Displays the type of printing for the printer. Color
Laser is displayed normally.
Asset Tag Number
Displays the asset tag number of your printer.
Memory Capacity
Displays the memory capacity.
Processor Speed
Displays the processing speed.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
259
Firmware Version
Displays the version of the controller.
Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version.
MCU Firmware Version
Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit
(MCU) firmware.
Printing Speed (Color)
Displays the speed for color printing.
Printing Speed
(Monochrome)
Displays the speed for monochrome printing.
Menu Settings
Purpose:
To display the menu settings of the printer.
Values:
System Settings Power Saver Timer Sleep
Displays the amount of transition time
to the Sleep mode after the printer
finishes a job.
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep
Displays the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
Auto Reset
Displays the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
Control Panel Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is correct. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Invalid Key Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the operator panel input
is incorrect. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Machine Ready Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer becomes
ready. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
260
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Job Completed Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job other than copying
is complete. Off indicates that the tone
is disabled.
Fault Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a job ends abnormally.
Off indicates that the tone is disabled.
Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when a problem occurs. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Out of Paper Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the printer runs out of
paper. Off indicates that the tone is
disabled.
Low Toner Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Auto Clear Alert Tone
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted 5 seconds before the printer
performs auto clear. Off indicates that
the tone is disabled.
Fault Time-out
Displays the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally.
Job Time-out
Displays the amount of time the printer
waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
Panel Language
Displays the language that is used on
the operator panel screen.
Auto Log Print
Displays whether to automatically print
a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Print ID
Displays where to print a user ID on the
output paper.
Print Text
Displays whether the printer outputs
PDL (Page Description Language) data
(which is not supported by the printer)
as text when the printer receives it.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
261
Banner Sheet Insert
Position*3
Displays where to insert the banner
sheet.
Banner Sheet Specify
Tray*3
Displays the banner sheet tray.
RAM Disk*1
Displays whether to allocate RAM for
the disk file system for the Secure Print
and Proof Print features.
Substitute Tray
Displays an indication to use paper of a
different size when the paper that is
loaded in the specified tray does not
match the paper size settings for the
current job.
mm/inch
Displays the measurement unit used on
the operator panel.
Default Print Paper Size
Displays the default print paper size.
ColorTrack Error Report Displays whether to print the error
report on the ColorTrack
Letterhead Duplex Mode*3 Displays whether to print both sides of
a sheet of letterhead paper.
Date & Time
Paper Density
Auto
Registration
Adjustment
262
Low Toner Alert Msg
Displays the volume of the tone that is
emitted when the toner is low. Off
indicates that the tone is disabled.
Date Format
Displays the selected date format.
Time Format
Displays the selected time format; 24H
or 12H.
Time Zone
Displays the selected time zone.
Set Date
Displays the date setting.
Set Time
Displays the time setting.
Plain
Displays the plain paper density
settings.
Label
Displays the label paper density
settings.
Auto Registration
Adjustment
Displays whether to automatically
adjust color registration.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Adjust Altitude Adjust Altitude
Displays the altitude of the location
where the printer is installed.
Non-Dell Toner Non-Dell Toner
Displays whether to use toner cartridge
of another manufacturer.
Tray Settings
Tray 1 Paper Type
Displays the paper type setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Paper Size
Displays the paper size setting of the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y
Displays the length of custom size
paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size - X
Displays the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Display Popup
Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper Type*2
Displays the paper type setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Paper Size*2
Displays the paper size setting of the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Tray 2 Display Popup*2
Displays a popup menu that prompts to
set the paper size and type when paper
is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
Reports
Purpose:
To print the settings and history information of the printer.
The reports are printed in the paper size specified in system settings. The default
is A4.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
263
Printer Settings
Click this button to print a detailed list of the printer settings.
Panel Settings
Click this button to print a detailed list of the panel settings.
PCL Fonts List
Click this button to print a list of the PCL (Hewlett-Packard
Printer Control Language) Fonts.
PCL Macro List
Click this button to print a list of the PCL Macro.
Job History
Click this button to print the Completed Jobs history of the
printer.
Error History
Click this button to print the error history of the printer.
Print Meter
Click this button to print the report for the total number of pages
printed.
Color Test Page
Click this button to print a color test page.
*1
Stored Documents
*1
Click this button to print a list of the Stored Documents.
You can print the list only when RAM disk is enabled.
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To display the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol).
Values:
IP Address Mode
Displays the method for acquiring the IP address.
IP Address
Displays the IP address of the printer.
Subnet Mask
Displays the subnet mask.
Gateway Address
Displays the gateway address.
Printer Maintenance
The Printer Maintenance tab includes the System Settings, Date & Time,
Paper Density, Color Registration Adjustment, Adjust Altitude, Reset
Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, Initialize Print Meter, Tray Settings, TCP/IP
Settings, and Network Settings pages.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
264
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
System Settings
Purpose:
To configure the power management of the printer, auto clear time, alarm tones,
time-out time, mm/inch setting, job log auto print, position of the Print ID,
setting of the dump print, setting of the additional memory, setting of the
substitute sheet, and operator panel language settings.
Values:
Power
Saver
Timer
Sleep*1 1–30 minutes
3 minutes*
Deep
5–60 minutes
Sleep*1 10 minutes*
Auto Reset
45 seconds*
1 minute
2 minutes
Sets the amount of transition time to the
Sleep mode after the printer finishes a
job.
Sets the amount of transition time
between the Sleep mode and the Deep
Sleep mode.
Sets the amount of time before the
printer automatically resets the settings
on the operator panel to the defaults
when no additional settings are made.
3 minutes
4 minutes
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
265
Audio Tone
Control
Panel
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is correct.
On
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
correct.
Invalid Key Off*
On
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer
becomes ready.
On*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer becomes ready.
Job
Off
Completed
Does not emit a tone when any other
job except copying is complete.
On*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when any other job except copying is
complete.
Fault Tone Off
Does not emit a tone when a job ends
abnormally.
Machine
Ready
Alert Tone
Out of
Paper
266
Does not emit a tone when the operator
panel input is incorrect.
On*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a job ends abnormally.
Off
Does not emit a tone when a problem
occurs.
On*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when a problem occurs.
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer
runs out of paper.
On*
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the printer runs out of paper.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Low Toner Off
Alert
On*
Auto Clear Off*
Alert
On
Fault Time-out
0
3–300 seconds
60 seconds*
Job Time-out
0
5–300 seconds
30 seconds*
Auto Log Print
Print ID
Does not emit a tone when the toner is
low.
Emits a tone at the specified volume
when the toner is low.
Does not emit a tone before the printer
performs auto clear.
Emits a tone at the specified volume 5
seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.
Sets the amount of time the printer
waits before canceling a job when the
job stops abnormally.
Sets the amount of time the printer
waits for additional data from the
computer before it cancels the job.
Off*
Does not automatically print a job
history report after every 20 jobs.
On
Automatically prints a job history
report after every 20 jobs.
Off*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left
Prints the user ID on the specified
location.
Top Right
Bottom Left
Bottom Right
Print Text
Off
Does not print the received PDL data as
text data.
On*
Prints the received PDL data as text
data.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
267
Banner Sheet*3
Insert
Position
Off*
Does not insert the banner sheet.
Front
Sets where to insert the banner sheet.
Back
Front &
Back
Specify
Tray
RAM
Disk*4
Tray1*
Sets the tray for the banner sheet.
*2
Tray2
Disable
Does not allocate RAM for the disk file
system. Secure Print and Proof Print
jobs will abort and be recorded to the
job log.
50-500MBytes
Allocates RAM for the disk file system
automatically.
300MBytes*
(in 50MBytes increments)
Substitute Tray
Off
No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size
Substitutes paper of next largest size.
When there is no larger paper size, the
printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size*
Substitutes paper of nearest size.
*
Inches(")
Selects millimeter or inch as the default
measurement unit.
Default Print
Paper Size
A4*
Sets the default print paper size.
ColorTrack
Error Report
Off*
Does not automatically print errorrelated information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
On
Automatically prints error-related
information if printing with ColorTrack
results in an error.
Disable*
Does not prints on both sides of a sheet
of letterhead paper.
Enable
Prints on both sides of a sheet of
letterhead paper.
mm/inch
Millimeters(mm)
Letterhead
Duplex Mode*3
268
Letter
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Low Toner Alert On*
Msg
Shows the alert message when the toner
is low.
Off
Does not show the alert message when
the toner is low.
English*
Sets the language to be used on the
operator panel.
Panel Language
French
Italian
German
Spanish
Danish
Dutch
Norwegian
Swedish
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to apply the changes.
*1
Enter 3 to put the printer in the power saver timer mode 3 minutes after it finishes a
job. This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer.
Enter 3 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice
lights flickering.
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. Under most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode if you want a balance
between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver timer
mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to the
standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.
*2
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
*3
This item is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
*4
This item is available only when the optional 512 MB memory module is installed.
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
269
Date Format
Sets the date format.
Time Format
Sets the time format in 24H or 12H.
Time Zone
Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the date.
Set Time
Sets the time. You can select AM or PM when Time
Format is set to 12H.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify the paper density settings.
Values:
Plain
Light
Normal
Label
Sets plain paper density.
*
Light
Normal
Apply New Settings
Sets label paper density.
*
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Color Registration Adjustment
Purpose:
To set Color Registration Adjustment (individual yellow, magenta, cyan
correction) settings. When Auto Registration Adjustment is set to On, the
printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration by
using the chart. Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial
setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.
270
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Values:
Auto
Auto Registration
Registration Adjustment
Adjustment
Off
Does not perform color
registration automatically.
On*
Performs color registration
automatically.
Auto Correct
Manual
Registration
Adjustments Print Color Regi Chart
*1
Click Start to perform color
registration automatically.
Click Start to print a color
registration chart.
Registration PY(Process -9 to +9
Adjustments Yellow)
0*
PM(Process -9 to +9
Magenta) 0*
PC(Process -9 to +9
Cyan)
0*
Apply New Settings
LY(Left
Yellow)
-9 to +9
LM(Left
Magenta)
-9 to +9
LC(Left
Cyan)
-9 to +9
RY(Right
Yellow)
-9 to +9
RM(Right
Magenta)
-9 to +9
RC(Right
Cyan)
-9 to +9
Sets lateral (perpendicular to
paper feed direction) and
process (paper feed direction)
color adjustment values that are
found in the color registration
chart individually for Yellow,
Magenta, and Cyan.
0*
0*
0*
0*
0*
0*
After you complete change the
settings, click this button to
apply the changes.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
271
Restart printer to apply new settings
*1
Click this button to restart the
printer and apply the changes.
This item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The method for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure.
Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the
printer is being used.
Values:
0 meter*
Adjust Altitude
1000 meters
Sets the altitude of the location where the
printer is installed.
2000 meters
3000 meters
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button
to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings Click this button to restart the printer and apply
the changes.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Values:
System Section
Initializes the system parameters.
Non-Dell Toner
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
272
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Values:
Non-Dell
Toner
Off*
Disables the use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On
Enables the use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Initialize Print Meter
Purpose:
To initialize the Print Meter. When the print meter is initialized, the meter count
is reset to 0.
Values:
Initialize Print Meter
Click Start to initialize the Print Meter.
Tray Settings
Purpose:
To specify the paper types and sizes for the standard 250-sheet tray and the
optional 250-sheet feeder respectively.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
273
Tray 1 Paper Type Plain*
Plain Thick
Sets the type of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled Side 2
Color - Side 2
Tray 1 Paper Size
A4*
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch Landscape
DL
DL Landscape
C5
Custom Size
274
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Sets the size of paper loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 1 Custom Size 127–355 mm
-Y
(5.0-14.0 inch)
Sets the length of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
297 mm* (11.7 inch)
Tray 1 Custom Size 77–215 mm
-X
(3.0–8.5 inch)
Sets the width of custom size paper
loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
210 mm* (8.3 inch)
Tray 1 Display
Popup
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray.
Tray 2 Paper
Type*1
Plain*
Sets the type of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain - Side 2
Plain Thick - Side 2
Recycled - Side 2
Color - Side 2
*1
Tray 2 Paper Size
A4*
A5
Sets the size of paper loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Tray 2 Display
Popup*1
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts
the user to set Paper Type and Paper
Size when the paper is loaded in the
optional 250-sheet feeder.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
275
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this
button to apply the changes.
Restart printer to apply new settings
Click this button to restart the printer and
apply the changes.
*1
This item is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is installed.
TCP/IP Settings
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
IP Address
Mode
IP Address
AutoIP*
Automatically sets the IP address.
A random value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use on the
network is set as the IP address. The subnet mask is set
as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP
Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP
Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel
Manually sets the IP address.
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.
It is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0 to 254. 127
and any value in the range of 224 to 254 cannot be
specified for the first octet of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask
Manually sets the subnet mask.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
276
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Gateway Address
Manually sets the gateway address.
It is specified using the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each
octet that makes up nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the
range of 0 to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet of a gateway
address.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
Network Settings
NOTE: Network Settings is not available when the printer is connected
using a USB cable.
Purpose:
To configure the setup of the printer using your web browser.
Values:
Print Server
Settings*1
Display
Click to display the Print Server Setup page on the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Display of
EWS
Off
Does not display the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
On*
Displays the server settings for the Dell Printer
Configuration Web Tool.
Apply New Settings
After you change the settings, click this button to apply
the changes.
Restart printer to apply new Click this button to restart the printer and apply the
settings
changes.
*1
This item is available only when Display of EWS is set to On.
Diagnosis
The Diagnosis tab includes the Chart Print, Machine Check, Paper Wrinkle
Check Mode, Environment Sensor Info, Clean Developer, and Refresh
Mode pages.
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
277
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Chart Print
Purpose:
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosis of the printer. The chart is
printed to A4 or letter size paper.
Values:
Pitch Configuration Chart
Prints full halftone pages for yellow, magenta, cyan, and
black. Also prints pages to check the pitch. A total of
five pages are output.
Ghost Configuration Chart Prints a chart to check for ghost printing. One page is
printed.
4 Colors Configuration
Chart
Bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black are printed
with varying density. One page is printed.
MQ Chart
Prints charts to check for the binding in A4 or Letter.
Alignment Chart
Prints a chart to check for proper alignment of the print
image on the paper. One page is printed.
Drum Refresh
Configuration Chart
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum
cartridge.
Machine Check
Purpose:
To check the operation of the printer components.
Values:
278
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
Machine
Check
Main Motor
Operation Check*
Click Start to operate the main motor inside the
printer. Confirm the motor sound.
Fuser Motor
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the fuser motor. Confirm
the motor sound.
Feed Roll Operation Click Start to operate the feed roll. Confirm the
motor sound.
Check* 1
REGI CLUTCH
Operation Check
Click Start to operate the REGI CLUTCH.
Confirm that you can hear the clutch clicking.
Dispense Motor
Check (Yellow)
Click Start to operate the dispense motor for
each toner cartridge. Confirm the motor sound.
Dispense Motor
Check (Magenta)
Dispense Motor
Check (Cyan)
Dispense Motor
Check (Black)
Play of Sound
Plays back through speakers of your computer a
recording of the normal sound for the currently
selected Machine Check item.
Start
Click this button to check the operation of the
items selected with Machine Check and output
the results to Result.
Result
Displays the results of the checked items.
*1
When performing the feed roll operation check, remove the paper tray from the
printer.
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode
Purpose:
To determine whether or not paper is wrinkled in the fuser.
This function stops printing before the paper enters the fuser. After you remove
the paper inside the printer, check the following:
•
If the paper is wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the part other than fuser.
•
If the paper is not wrinkled, the wrinkle occurred in the fuser.
Values:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
279
Paper Size
A4*
A5
Sets the size of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Sets the type of paper to be used by the
Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Recycled
Envelope
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Rear side
Off*
Does not use the print side 2 of the paper.
On
Uses the print side 2 of the paper.
Color Mode
Color*
Prints in color mode.
Black & White
Prints in monochrome mode.
Start
Click this button to print in the specified paper size, type, and color
mode.
Environment Sensor Info
Purpose:
280
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
To print the internal environment sensor information of the printer to Result.
Values:
Get Environment Click this button to confirm the internal environment sensor
information of the printer such as temperature and humidity.
Sensor Info
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.
Values:
Clean Developer
Click Start to stir the toner.
Refresh Mode
Purpose:
To use up a toner cartridge or PHD unit when you need to replace it before the
end of its life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
NOTE: Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner.
Values:
Toner Refresh
Mode
Drum Refresh
Mode
Yellow
Click Yellow to clean the yellow cartridge.
Magenta
Click Magenta to clean the magenta cartridge.
Cyan
Click Cyan to clean the cyan cartridge.
Black
Click Black to clean the black cartridge.
Drum
Click Drum to clean the drum.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
281
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Ensure that the Printer Maintenance tab is open.
3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.
The Reset Defaults page appears.
4 Click System Section button.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.
282
Understanding the Tool Box Menus
19
Understanding the Printer Menus
When your printer is connected to a network and available to a number of users,
the access to the Admin Menu can be limited. This prevents other users from
using the operator panel to inadvertently change a user default that has been set
by the administrator.
However, you can use your printer driver to override user defaults and select
settings for individual print jobs.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Report / List
Use the Report/List menu to print various types of reports and lists.
Printer Setting
Purpose:
To print a list of the current user default values, the installed options, the amount
of installed print memory, and the status of printer supplies.
Panel Settings
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.
PCL Fonts List
Purpose:
To print a sample of the available PCL fonts.
See also:
"Understanding Fonts", "Printing Font Sample List"
PCL Macro List
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
283
To print the information on the downloaded PCL macro.
Job History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list
contains the last 20 jobs.
Error History
Purpose:
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.
Print Meter
Purpose:
To print the reports for the total number of pages printed.
Color Test Page
Purpose:
To print a page for testing colors.
Stored Documents
NOTE: Stored Documents feature is available only when the optional 512 MB
memory module is installed on the printer and RAM Disk under System
Settings is enabled.
Purpose:
To print a list of all files stored for Secure Print, Private Mail Box
Print, Public Mail Box Print, and Proof Print in the RAM
disk.
Admin Menu
Use the Admin Menu menu to configure a variety of printer features.
Print Language
Purpose:
284
Understanding the Printer Menus
To specify the settings for PCL.
PCL
Use the PCL menu to change printer settings that only affect jobs using the PCL
emulation printer language.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Paper Tray
Purpose:
To specify the default paper tray.
Values:
Auto*
Tray 1
Tray 2*1
SSF
*1
This item is available only when
the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
mm series
A4*1
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Understanding the Printer Menus
285
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
DL
C5
Custom Size
*1
Denotes country-specific factory
default value.
NOTE: Selecting a custom size for the paper size prompts you to enter a custom
length and width.
Orientation
Purpose:
To specify how text and graphics are oriented on the page.
Values:
286
Understanding the Printer Menus
Portrait*
Prints text and graphics parallel to the short edge of the paper.
Landscape
Prints text and graphics parallel to the long edge of the paper.
2 Sided
NOTE: 2 Sided print feature is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify whether to print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Values:
2 Sided Print
Off*
Does not print on both sides of a sheet of paper.
On
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper.
Binding Edge
Flip Long Edge*
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by long edge.
Flip Short Edge
Prints on both sides of a sheet of paper to be
bound by short edge.
Understanding the Printer Menus
287
Font
Purpose:
To specify the default font from the fonts registered in the printer.
Values:
CG Times
LetterGothic
CourierPS
CG Times It
LetterGothic It
CourierPS Ob
CG Times Bd
LetterGothic Bd
CourierPS Bd
CG Times BdIt
Albertus Md
CourierPS BdOb
Univers Md
Albertus XBd
SymbolPS
Univers MdIt
Clarendon Cd
Palatino Roman
Univers Bd
Coronet
Palatino It
Univers BdIt
Marigold
Palatino Bd
Univers MdCd
Arial
Palatino BdIt
Univers MdCdIt
Arial It
ITCBookman Lt
Univers BdCd
Arial Bd
ITCBookman LtIt
Univers BdCdIt
Arial BdIt
ITCBookmanDm
AntiqueOlv
Times New
ITCBookmanDm It
AntiqueOlv It
Times New It
HelveticaNr
AntiqueOlv Bd
Times New Bd
HelveticaNr Ob
CG Omega
Times New BdIt
HelveticaNr Bd
CG Omega It
Symbol
HelveticaNrBdOb
CG Omega Bd
Wingdings
N C Schbk Roman
CG Omega BdIt
Line Printer
N C Schbk It
GaramondAntiqua
Times Roman
N C Schbk Bd
Garamond Krsv
Times It
N C Schbk BdIt
Garamond Hlb
Times Bd
ITC A G Go Bk
GaramondKrsvHlb
Times BdIt
ITC A G Go BkOb
Courier*
Helvetica
ITC A G Go Dm
Courier It
Helvetica Ob
ITC A G Go DmOb
Courier Bd
Helvetica Bd
ZapfC MdIt
288
Understanding the Printer Menus
Courier BdIt
Helvetica BdOb
ZapfDingbats
Symbol Set
Purpose:
To specify a symbol set for a specified font.
Values:
DESKTOP
ISO L5
PC-8 TK
DNGBTSMS
ISO L6
PI FONT
ISO-11
LEGAL
PS MATH
ISO-15
MATH-8
PS TEXT
ISO-17
MC TEXT
ROMAN-8*
ISO-21
MS PUB
SYMBOL
ISO-4
PC-1004
WIN 3.0
ISO-6
PC-775
WINBALT
ISO-60
PC-8
WINGDINGS
ISO-69
PC-850
WIN L1
ISO L1
PC-852
WIN L2
ISO L2
PC-8 DN
WIN L5
Font Size
Purpose:
To specify the font size for scalable typographic fonts.
Values:
12.00*
Sets the values in increments of 0.25.
4.00 – 50.00
Font size refers to the height of the characters in the font. One point equals
approximately 1/72 of an inch.
NOTE: The Font Size menu is only displayed for typographic fonts.
See also:
Understanding the Printer Menus
289
"Pitch and Point Size"
Font Pitch
Purpose:
To specify the font pitch for scalable mono spaced fonts.
Values:
10.00*
Sets the value in increments of 0.01.
6.00–24.00
Font pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in a horizontal inch of
type. For nonscalable mono spaced fonts, the pitch is displayed, but cannot be
changed.
NOTE: The Font Pitch menu is only displayed for fixed or mono spaced
fonts.
See also:
"Pitch and Point Size"
Form Line
Purpose:
To set the number of lines in a page.
Values:
mm series
64*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
inch series
60*1
Sets the value in increments of 1.
5–128
*1
290
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Understanding the Printer Menus
The printer sets the amount of space between each line (vertical line spacing)
based on the Form Line and Orientation menu items. Select the correct
Form Line and Orientation before changing Form Line.
See also:
"Orientation"
Quantity
Purpose:
To set the default print quantity. (Set the number of copies required for a specific
job from the printer driver. Values selected from the printer driver always
override values selected from the operator panel.)
Values:
1*
Sets the value in increments of 1.
1–999
Image Enhance
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the Image Enhance feature, which makes the
boundary line between black and white smoother to decrease jagged edges and
enhance the visual appearance.
Values:
Off
*
On
Disables the Image Enhance feature.
Enables the Image Enhance feature.
Hex Dump
Purpose:
To help isolate the source of a print job problem. With Hex Dump selected, all
data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation.
Control codes are not executed.
Values:
Disable*
Disables the Hex Dump feature.
Understanding the Printer Menus
291
Enable
Enables the Hex Dump feature.
Draft Mode
Purpose:
To save toner by printing in the draft mode. The print quality is reduced when
printing in the draft mode.
Values:
Disable*
Does not print in the draft mode.
Enable
Prints in the draft mode.
LineTermination
Purpose:
To add the line termination commands.
Values:
Off*
The line termination command is not added.
CR=CR, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-LF
The LF command is added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=LF, FF=FF
Add-CR
The CR command is added.
CR=CR, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
CR-XX
The CR and LF commands are added.
CR=CR-LF, LF=CR-LF, FF=CR-FF
Default Color
Purpose:
To specify the color mode to Color or Black. This setting is used for a print
job that does not specify a print mode.
Values:
Black*
292
Prints in the black and white mode.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Color
Prints in the color mode.
Network
Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the
printer through the wired or wireless network.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Ethernet
Purpose:
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet. The
change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Auto*
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.
10BASE-T Half
Uses 10BASE-T Half-duplex.
10BASE-T Full
Uses 10BASE-T Full-duplex.
100BASE-TX Half
Uses 100BASE-TX Half-duplex.
100BASE-TX Full
Uses 100BASE-TX Full-duplex.
1000BASE-T Full
Uses 1000BASE-T Full-duplex.
Wireless Status
NOTE: Wireless Status feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To confirm the wireless communication status.
Values:
Connection
Good
Acceptable
Low
No Reception
Understanding the Printer Menus
293
Wireless Setup
NOTE: Wireless Setup is available only when the printer is connected using the
wireless network.
Purpose:
To configure the wireless network interface.
Values:
294
Understanding the Printer Menus
Manual
Setup
Enter (SSID)
Specifies a name to identify the wireless
network. Up to 32 alphanumeric characters can
be entered.
InfraSelect when you configure the wireless setting through the
structure access point such as a wireless router.
No Security
Specifies No Security to configure the wireless
setting without specifying a security method
from WEP, WPA-PSK-TKIP, and WPA-PSKAES.
WEP(64Bit)
Specifies the WEP 64 bit key to use through the
wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128 bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
WPA-PSKTKIP
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
Select to configure the wireless setting with the
security method of WPA-PSK-TKIP.
PassPhrase Specifies the passphrase of
Entry
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSKTKIP is selected for Encryption.
WPA2-PSKAES
Select to configure the wireless setting with the
security method of WPA2-PSK-AES.
PassPhrase Specifies the passphrase of
Entry
alphanumeric characters from 8
to 63 only when WPA-PSK-AES
is selected for Encryption.
Understanding the Printer Menus
295
Ad-hoc
Select to configure the wireless setting without the access point
such as a wireless router.
No Security
Select to configure the wireless setting without
specifying the security method from WEP.
WEP(64Bit)
Specifies the WEP 64 bit key to use through the
wireless network. Up to 10 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
WEP(128Bit) Specifies the WEP 128 bit key to use through
the wireless network. Up to 26 hexadecimal
characters can be entered.
WPS
Push Btn. PBC Start
Ctrl
PIN
Code
Transmit
Key
Specifies the transmit key from
WEP Key 1, WEP Key 2, WEP
Key 3, and WEP Key 4.
Cancel*
Disables the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Start
Configures the wireless setting
with the security method of
WPS-PBC.
Start Config.* Configures the wireless setting using the PIN
code assigned automatically by the printer.
Print PIN
Code
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when entering
PIN assigned to the printer into your computer.
Reset Wireless
NOTE: Reset Wireless feature is available only when the printer is connected
using the wireless network.
Purpose:
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their default
values.
Values:
Are You Sure?
296
Press the
(Set) button to reset the wireless setting.
Understanding the Printer Menus
TCP/IP
Purpose:
To configure TCP/IP settings.
Values:
IP Mode Dual Stack*
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP
address.
IPv4 Mode
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.
IPv6 Mode
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.
Understanding the Printer Menus
297
IPv4
IPsec
Get IP Address AutoIP*
Sets the IP address automatically. A random
value in the range of 169.254.1.0 to
169.254.254.255 that is not currently in use
on the network is set as the IP address. The
subnet mask is set as 255.255.0.0.
BOOTP
Sets the IP address using BOOTP.
RARP
Sets the IP address using RARP.
DHCP
Sets the IP address using DHCP.
Panel
Use this option when you want to set the IP
address manually on the operator panel.
IP Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the
IP is allocated to the printer using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
Subnet Mask
When an IP address is being set manually, the
subnet mask is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 255. 255.255.255.255 cannot be specified
as the subnet mask.
Gateway Address
When an IP address is being set manually, the
gateway address is specified using the format
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. Each octet that makes up
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn is a value in the range of 0
to 254. 127 and any value in the range of 224
to 254 cannot be specified for the first octet
of a gateway address.
Disable*
Disables IPsec.
Protocol
Purpose:
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
298
Understanding the Printer Menus
LPD
Disable
Enable
Port9100
Disable
Enable
IPP
*
*
Disable
Enable
SMB TCP/IP
Disable
Enable
SMB NetBEUI
*
Disable
Enable
SNMP UDP
E-Mail Alert
EWS
Bonjour(mDNS)
LLTD
Disables the Port9100 port.
Enables the Port9100 port.
Disables IPP port.
Enables IPP port.
Disables SMB TCP/IP port.
Enables SMB TCP/IP port.
Disables SMB Net BEUI port.
Enables SMB Net BEUI port.
Disables WSD port.
Enables WSD port.
Disables the SNMP UDP port.
Enables the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) UDP port.
Disable
Disables the E-Mail Alert feature.
Enables the E-Mail Alert feature.
Disable
Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool embedded in the printer.
Enable*
Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool embedded in the printer.
Disable
Disables Bonjour (mDNS).
*
Enables Bonjour (mDNS).
Disable
Disables Telnet.
Enable*
Enables Telnet.
Disable
Disables LLTD.
Enable
HTTPSSL/TLS*1
*
Enables the Line Printer Daemon (LPD) port.
Enable*
Enable
Telnet
*
Disable
Enable
*1
*
Disable
Enable
WSD
*
Disables the LPD port.
*
Enables LLTD.
Disable
Disables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
Enable*
Enables HTTP-SSL/TLS.
This item is available only when a certificate is published using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Understanding the Printer Menus
299
IP Filter
NOTE: IP Filter feature is available only for LPD or Port9100.
Purpose:
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless
network. You can set up to five IP addresses. The change becomes effective
after the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
No. n / Address (n is 1–5.)
Sets the IP address for Filter n.
No. n / Mask (n is 1–5.)
Sets the address mask for Filter n.
No. n / Mode (n is 1–5.) Off
*
Disables the IP Filter feature for Filter n.
Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address.
Reject
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.
IEEE 802.1x
NOTE: IEEE 802.1x feature is available only when the printer is connected using
LAN cable and it is available only when the IEEE 802.1 authentication is enabled.
Purpose:
To disable IEEE 802.1x authentication. The change becomes effective after the
printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable Disables IEEE 802.1x.
Reset LAN
Purpose:
To initialize wired network data stored in non-volatile memory (NVM). After
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings are
reset to their default values.
Values:
Are You Sure?
300
Press the
in NVM.
(Set) button to initialize the wired network data stored
Understanding the Printer Menus
USB Settings
Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port.
USB Port
Purpose:
To specify whether to enable the USB port. The change becomes effective after
the printer is turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable
Enable
*
Disables the USB interface.
Enables the USB interface.
System Settings
Use System Settings to configure the power saving mode, warning tones,
time-out duration, device display language, and job log auto print settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Power Saver Timer
Purpose:
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.
Values:
Sleep
3min.*
1–30 min.
Deep Sleep 10min.*
5–60 min.
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Sleep mode
after it finishes a job.
Specifies the time taken by the printer to enter Deep Sleep
mode after it has entered Sleep mode.
Enter 3 to put the printer in power saver mode 3 minutes after it finishes a job.
This uses much less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer.
Enter 3 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you
notice lights flickering.
Understanding the Printer Menus
301
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value
between 1 and 30 minutes for power save mode if you want a balance between
energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver
mode when it receives data from the computer. You can also change the status of
the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.
Auto Reset
Purpose:
To automatically reset the settings to the default settings and return to the
standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time.
Values:
45sec*
1min
2min
3min
4min
Fault Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job that stops
abnormally. The print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
Values:
Off
On
*
Disables the fault time-out.
60sec*
3-300 sec.
Sets the amount of time the printer waits before canceling a job
that stops abnormally.
Job Time-out
Purpose:
To specify the amount of time the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer. The
print job is cancelled if the time-out time is exceeded.
302
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Off
*
On
Disables the job time-out.
30sec*
5–300 sec.
Sets the time the printer waits for data to arrive from the
computer.
Date & Time
Purpose:
To specify the date and time formats.
Values:
Set Date & Time Time Zone Sets the time zone.
Set Date
Sets the date.
Set Time
Sets the time.
Date Format
Time Format
Sets the date format.
12H
24H
*
Sets the time in the 12-hour format.
Sets the time in the 24-hour format.
Audio Tone
Purpose:
To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a
warning message appears.
Values:
Control Panel
Invalid Key
Machine Ready
Off*
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
correct.
On
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is correct.
*
Off
Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is
incorrect.
On
Emits a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect.
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer is ready to process a
job.
On*
Emits a tone when the printer is ready to process a job.
Understanding the Printer Menus
303
Job Completed
Off
Does not emit a tone when a job is complete.
*
Fault Tone
On
Emits a tone when a job is complete.
Off
Does not emit a tone when a job ends abnormally.
*
Alert Tone
On
Emits a tone when a job ends abnormally.
Off
Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs.
*
Out of Paper
On
Emits a tone when a problem occurs.
Off
Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
*
Low Toner Alert
On
Emits a tone when the printer runs out of paper.
Off
Does not emit a tone when a toner is low.
*
Emits a tone when a toner is low.
*
Off
Does not emit a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs
auto clear.
On
Emits a tone 5 seconds before the printer performs auto
clear.
Off
Disables all the alert tones.
On
AutoClear Alert
All Tones
*
On
Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once.
mm / inch
Purpose:
To specify the default measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on
the operator panel.
Values:
Millimeters (mm)*
Selects millimeter as the default measurement unit.
Inches (")
Selects inch as the default measurement unit.
NOTE: The default for mm/inch varies depending on other settings, such as
Country and Document Size.
Def. Paper Size
Purpose:
To specify the default paper size.
Values:
304
Understanding the Printer Menus
mm series
A4*1
Letter
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
inch series
A4
Letter*1
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default values.
Auto Log Print
Purpose:
To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs.
Values:
Off*
Does not automatically print a job history report.
On
Automatically prints a job history report.
Print logs can also be printed using the Admin Reports menu.
Print ID
Purpose:
To specify a location where the user ID is printed.
Values:
Off*
Does not print the user ID.
Top Left
Prints the user ID on the top left of the page.
Top Right
Prints the user ID on the top right of the page.
Bottom Left
Prints the user ID on the bottom left of the page.
Bottom Right
Prints the user ID on the bottom right of the page.
Understanding the Printer Menus
305
NOTE: When printing on DL size paper, a part of the user ID may not be printed
correctly.
Print Text
Purpose:
To specify whether the printer outputs PDL data, which is not supported by the
printer, as text when the printer receives it. Text data is printed on A4 or Letter
size paper.
Values:
Off
Does not print the received data.
On*
Prints the received data as text data.
Banner Sheet
NOTE: Banner Sheet feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder
is installed to Dell 2150cdn Color Printer.
Purpose:
To specify the position of banner sheet, and also specify the tray in which the
banner sheet is loaded.
Values:
Insert Position
Off*
Does not print the banner sheet.
Front
Inserted before the first page of every job.
Back
Inserted after the last page of every job.
Front & Back Inserted before the first page of every job and after
the last page of every job.
Specify Tray
Tray 1*
The banner sheet is loaded in the standard 250-sheet
tray.
Tray 2
The banner sheet is loaded in the optional 250-sheet
feeder.
RAM Disk
NOTE: RAM Disk feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed on the printer.
306
Understanding the Printer Menus
Purpose:
To allocate memory to the RAM disk file system for the Secure Print, Mailbox
Print, and Proof Print features. The change becomes effective after the printer is
turned off and then on again.
Values:
Disable
Enable*
Does not allocate memory to the RAM disk file system. Secure
Print and Proof Print jobs will abort and be recorded to the job
log.
300MB*
50-500MB
Sets the allocation of memory to the RAM disk file system in
increments of 50 MB.
NOTE: Restart your printer when you change the settings for the RAM Disk
menu.
Substitute Tray
Purpose:
Specifies whether to use paper of a different size when the paper that is loaded
in the specified tray does not match the paper size settings for the current job.
Values:
Off
No tray size substitute accepted.
Larger Size
Substitutes paper of next largest size. When there is no larger paper size,
the printer substitutes paper of nearest size.
Nearest Size* Substitutes paper of nearest size.
Set Avail. Time
Purpose:
Sets the available time for the Print service.
Values:
Off*
Does not set the time when printing is available.
Understanding the Printer Menus
307
On
Sets the time when printing is available.
Start Time Sets the start time of the available time.
End Time
Sets the end time of the available time.
Recurrence Sets the day of the week to repeat the setting.
Secure Job Exp.
NOTE: Secure Job Exp. feature is available only when RAM Disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the date and time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Values:
Expiration Mode Off*
On
Does not set the date and time to delete the files
stored as Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Sets the date and time to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
Expiration Time
Sets the time to delete the files stored as Secure Print in the RAM
disk.
Recurrence
Daily
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAN disk daily.
Weekly*
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk weekly.
Monthly
Sets the recurrence to delete the files stored as
Secure Print monthly.
Monday
Sets the day of the week to delete the files stored as
Secure Print.
Weekly Setting
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday*
308
Understanding the Printer Menus
Monthly Setting
1 Day*
2-28 Day
Sets the day of the month to delete the files stored as
Secure Print in the RAM disk.
ColorTrack Mode
Purpose:
To specify who has access to color printing.
Values:
Off*
Does not limit access to color printing.
On
Limits access to color printing.
NoAcct User Prt
Purpose:
To specify whether to permit the printing of data without authentication information.
Values:
Off*
Does not permit non-account user to print the data.
*1
Permits non-account user to print the data.
On
*1
Set No Account User Password using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Col. Tra Err Rep
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically print error-related information if printing with
ColorTrack results in an error.
Values:
Off*
Does not print the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
On
Prints the error report when printing with Color Track results in an error.
LetterH Dup Mode
NOTE: LetterH Dup Mode feature is available only for Dell 2150cdn Color
Printer.
Purpose:
Understanding the Printer Menus
309
To specify whether to print on both sides when using letterhead.
Values:
Disable*
Does not print on both sides of letterhead.
Enable
Prints on both sides of letterhead.
Low Toner Msg
Purpose:
To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low.
Values:
Off
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.
On*
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.
Maintenance
Use the Maintenance menu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory,
configure the plain paper quality adjustment settings, and configure the security
settings.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
F/W Version
Purpose:
To confirm the current F/W version.
Service Tag
Purpose:
To confirm the service tag.
Express Code
Purpose:
To confirm the express service code.
310
Understanding the Printer Menus
Paper Density
Purpose:
To specify paper density settings.
Values:
Plain
Light
Normal*
Label
Light
Normal*
Adjust BTR
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Purpose:
To specify the transfer roller voltage adjustment for each paper type.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
311
0*
Plain
-6 to +6
Plain Thick
0*
-6 to +6
Sets the transfer roller voltage in increments of 1. The
default settings may not give the best output on all paper
types. If you see mottles on the print output, try to increase
the voltage. If you see white spots on the print output, try to
decrease the voltage.
0*
Covers
-6 to +6
Covers Thick 0*
-6 to +6
0*
Label
-6 to +6
0*
Coated
-6 to +6
Coated Thick 0*
-6 to +6
Envelope
0*
Recycled
0*
-6 to +6
-6 to +6
Adjust Fuser
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the setting values you select for
this item.
Purpose:
To adjust the fuser temperature setting for each paper type.
Values:
312
Understanding the Printer Menus
0*
Plain
-6 to +6
Plain Thick
0*
-6 to +6
Sets the fuser temperature in increments of 1. The default
settings may not give the best output on all paper types.
When the printed paper has curled, try to lower the
temperature. When the toner does not fuse on the paper
properly, try to increase the temperature.
0*
Covers
-6 to +6
Covers Thick
0*
-6 to +6
0*
Label
-6 to +6
Coated
0*
Coated Thick
0*
-6 to +6
-6 to +6
Envelope
0*
-6 to +6
Recycled
0*
-6 to +6
Auto Reg Adj
Purpose:
To specify whether to automatically perform color registration adjustment.
Values:
Off
Does not automatically perform color registration adjustment.
On*
Automatically performs color registration adjustment.
Color Reg Adj
Purpose:
To manually perform color registration adjustment.
Understanding the Printer Menus
313
Manual Color Registration Adjustments are required when the printer is initially
installed and after the printer is moved.
NOTE: The Color Reg Adjust feature can be configured when Auto
Reg Adjust is set to Off.
Values:
Auto Correct
Are You Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to automatically
perform color registration correction.
ColorReg
Chart
Are You Sure?
(Set) button to print a color
Press the
registration chart. The color registration chart
prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and
cyan lines. On the chart, find the values on the
right side that are next to the line that is
perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If
the value for the this line is 0, color registration
adjustment is not required. If the value for this
line is any value other than 0, specify the
adjustment values.
Enter Number Enter (LY,
LM, LC)
-9 to +9 Sets lateral (perpendicular to paper feed
direction) and process (paper feed direction)
Enter (RY, -9 to +9 color adjustment values individually for
Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan. Enter a number in
RM, RC)
order of lateral adjustment (left), lateral
Enter (PY, -9 to +9 adjustment (right), and process adjustment.
(Set) button to save all the settings.
Press the
PM, PC)
NOTE: Ensure that you remove the paper from the single sheet feeder before
performing Auto Correct.
Clean Developer
Purpose:
To stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Values:
Are You Sure?
314
Press the
(Set) button to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.
Understanding the Printer Menus
Toner Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the toner in each toner cartridge.
Values:
Yellow, Magenta, Are You
Cyan, Black
Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to clean the toner in the
selected toner cartridge.
Drum Refresh
Purpose:
To clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Values:
Are You Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to clean the surface of the PHD unit.
Reset Defaults
Purpose:
To initialize the non-volatile (NV) memory. After executing this function and
rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters are reset to their default values.
Values:
Are You Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to initialize the system parameters.
Init PrintMeter
Purpose:
To initialize the print meter of the printer. When the print meter is initialized, the
meter count is reset to zero.
Values:
Are You Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to initialize the print meter.
Clear Storage
NOTE: Clear Storage feature is available only when the optional 512 MB memory
module is installed.
Understanding the Printer Menus
315
Purpose:
To clear all files stored as Secure Print, Mailbox Print, Proof Print, and Stored
Print in the RAM disk.
Values:
All Clear
Are You
Sure?
Press the
(Set) button to delete all files stored as
Secure Print, Mailbox Print, and Proof Print in the
RAM disk.
Secure Document Are You
Sure?
(Set) button to delete all files stored as
Press the
Secure Print and Mailbox Print in the RAM disk.
Stored Document
(Set) button to delete all files stored as
Press the
Stored Print in the RAM disk.
Are You
Sure?
Non-DELL Toner
Purpose:
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
NOTICE: Using a non-Dell toner cartridge may severely damage your printer.
The warranty does not cover damages caused by using non-Dell toner cartridges.
Values:
Off*
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
On
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.
Adjust Altitude
Purpose:
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the
location where the printer is being used.
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,
incorrect indication of remaining toner, etc.
Values:
316
Understanding the Printer Menus
0m*
Sets the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.
1000m
2000m
3000m
Secure Settings
Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the
menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
See also:
"Panel Lock"
Panel Lock
Purpose:
To set the limited access to Admin Menu with a password, and to set or change
the password.
Values:
Panel Lock Set
Change Password
*1
*1
Disable*
Disables password protection for Admin Menu.
Enable
Enables password protection for Admin Menu.
0000–9999 Sets or changes the password required to access
Admin Menu.
This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.
Login Error
NOTE: Login Error feature is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify the number of error entry attempts allowed when you log in as an
administrator in the Admin Menu and Report/List menu.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
317
Off*
On
Does not allow an administrator to log in after one error entry attempt.
5
1-10
Sets the number of error entry attempts allowed when an administrator
logs in.
Tray Settings
Use the Tray Settings menu to define the print media loaded in the
standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet feeder.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Tray 1
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the standard 250-sheet tray.
Values:
318
Understanding the Printer Menus
Paper Size
A4*1
mm series
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch LEF
DL
DL LEF
C5
Custom Size
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Envelope #10
Monarch
Monarch LEF
DL
DL LEF
C5
Custom Size
Understanding the Printer Menus
319
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Covers
Covers Thick
Label
Envelope
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Display Popup Off
On*
*1
Does not display a popup message that
prompts to set Paper Type and
Paper Size when paper is loaded in
the standard 250-sheet tray.
Displays a popup message that prompts to
set Paper Type and Paper Size
when paper is loaded in the standard 250sheet tray.
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
NOTE: For more information on supported paper sizes, see "Supported Paper
Sizes."
Tray 2
NOTE: Tray 2 feature is available only when the optional 250-sheet feeder is
installed.
Purpose:
To specify the paper loaded in the optional 250-sheet feeder.
320
Understanding the Printer Menus
Values:
Paper Size
A4*1
mm series
A5
B5
Letter
Folio
Legal
Executive
inch series
Letter*1
Folio
Legal
A4
A5
B5
Executive
Paper Type
Plain*
Plain Thick
Recycled
Letterhead
Preprinted
Prepunched
Color
Plain S2
Plain Thick S2
Recycled S2
Color S2
Understanding the Printer Menus
321
Display Popup Off
Does not display a popup message that prompts to
set Paper Type and Paper Size when
paper is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
On*
Displays a popup message that prompts to set
Paper Type and Paper Size when paper
is loaded in the standard 250-sheet feeder.
*1
Denotes country-specific factory default value.
Panel Language
Purpose:
To determine the language of the text on the operator panel screen.
Values:
English*
Français
Italiano
Deutsch
Español
Dansk
Nederlands
Norsk
Svenska
Print Menu
Use the Print Menu to print a job using the Secure Print, Private Mail Box,
Public Mail Box, and Proof Print features.
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.
Secure Print
NOTE: Secure Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
322
Understanding the Printer Menus
To print confidential jobs. The printer can hold the job in memory until you
arrive at the printer and type the password on the operator panel.
Values:
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
document n*2 Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Private Mail Box
NOTE: Private Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Private Mail Box.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
323
Select User ID Enter the password you specified on the printer driver.
All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and
Del
Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and saves them in
memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and
Del
Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Public Mail Box
NOTE: Public Mail Box feature is available only when RAM disk is set to
Enable.
Purpose:
To specify whether and how to print the job stored in the Public Mail Box.
Values:
324
Understanding the Printer Menus
Select User ID All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and saves them
in memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
saves it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Proof Print
NOTE: Proof Print feature is available only when RAM disk is set to Enable.
Purpose:
To print only one copy and check the print result before printing all of the
copies. This prevents a large number of misprinted copies from being printed at
one time.
Values:
Understanding the Printer Menus
325
Select User ID All
Documents*1
document n*2
Print and Del Deletes all documents from print
memory after printing them.
Print
Prints all documents and save them
in memory.
Delete
Deletes all documents from print
memory.
Print and Del Deletes the specified document from
print memory after printing it.
Print
Prints the specified document and
save it in memory.
Delete
Deletes the specified document from
print memory.
*1 This item is available only when the multiple print jobs are stored.
*2 The document name is displayed. The save date and time are displayed if the document name is not specified.
Panel Lock
This feature prevents unauthorized personnel from changing the settings made
by the administrator. For regular printing, items can be selected from the menu
and printer settings remain unchanged. For regular printing, items can be
configured using the printer driver.
NOTE: Disabling the operator panel menus does not prevent access to the Stored
Print and Tray Settings menus.
Enabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the
2 Press
button.
(Menu) button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
(Set)
3 Press
button until Secure Settings appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Ensure that Panel Lock is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Panel Lock Set is displayed, and then press the
button.
326
Understanding the Printer Menus
(Set)
6 Press
button until Enable appears, and then press the
7 Enter the new password, and then press the
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
8 Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then
press the
(Set) button.
The password has been changed.
NOTE: If you forget your password, turn off the printer. Then, while holding the
(Menu) button, turn on the printer. Perform steps 7 to 8 to reset the password.
NOTE: If you change the password while Panel Lock is Enable, follow the
button until Change
following steps. Perform steps 1 to 4 above. Press
Password appears, and then press the
(Set) button. Perform steps 7 and 8
above to change the password. This will change the password.
Disabling the Panel Lock
1 Press the
2 Press
button.
(Menu) button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
(Set)
3 Press
button until Secure Settings appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
4 Ensure that Panel Lock is displayed, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Panel Lock Set is displayed, and then press the
button.
6 Ensure that Disable is displayed, and then press the
7 Enter the current password, and then press the
(Set)
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
The setting has been changed.
Resetting Defaults
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
2 Press
button.
(Menu) button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
Understanding the Printer Menus
(Set)
327
3 Press
button.
button until Maintenance appears, and then press the
(Set)
4 Press
button until Reset Defaults appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Ensure that Are You Sure? is displayed, and then press the
button.
The printer is restarted automatically.
328
Understanding the Printer Menus
(Set)
20
Understanding Your Printer
Software
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that shipped with your printer to install a
combination of software programs, depending on your operating system.
Printer Status Window
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error
occurs, for example, when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs.
When an error occurs, the error message appears on the Printer Status window.
You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in
Printing Status Window Properties.
You can also check toner level, quantity of paper remaining or the configuration
of options for the local printer.
Status Monitor Console
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status
Window for a particular printer.
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name to
open a Status Window for a particular printer.
Dell Supplies Management System
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All
Programs menu or the desktop icon.
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Dell Supplies Management System.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
2 Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.
3 If you are ordering from the web:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
329
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by
two-way communication, a window prompting you to type the Service
Tag appears. Type the Service Tag of your Dell printer in the field
provided.
Your Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer.
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.
c
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site.
4 If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone
section.
User Setup Disk Creating Tool
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder
of the Utilities folder on the Drivers and Utilities CD and the printer drivers
located on the Drivers and Utilities CD are used to create driver installation
packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package can
contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things such as:
•
Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)
•
Watermarks
•
Font references
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings on multiple
computers running the same operating system, create a setup disk in a floppy
disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have created
will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer driver.
•
Install the Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer driver in the computer on which the
setup disk is to be created.
•
The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk
was created or computers running the same operating system. Create a
separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.
Software Update
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell Support
web site located at support.dell.com.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
330
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Printer Settings Utility
You can open the Status Window, Tool Box, Updater, and Troubleshooting
using the Quick Launch Utility window.
NOTE: Quick Launch Utility is only supported on Windows.
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility
when you install the Dell software.
For information about installing the software, see "Setting Up for Shared
Printing."
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Quick Launch Utility.
The Quick Launch Utility window provides four buttons: Status Window,
Tool Box, Updater, and Troubleshooting.
To exit the Quick Launch Utility window:
1 Click the X button at the top-right of the window.
For details, click the Help button of each application.
Status Window
The Status Window button opens the Printer Status window. For more
information about using Status Window, refer to "Printer Status Window."
Tool Box
The Tool Box button opens the Tool Box. For more information about using
Tool Box, refer to "Understanding the Tool Box Menus."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
331
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Updater
The Updater button updates the Dell software and printer firmware.
Troubleshooting
The Troubleshooting button opens the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows
you to solve problems by yourself.
Status Monitor Widget for Macintosh
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Macintosh and the
printer.
Status Monitor Widget Feature
•
Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Macintosh
•
Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner
•
Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies
Before Installing the Status Monitor Widget
Operating systems
•
Mac OS X 10.4.11
•
Mac OS X 10.5
•
Mac OS X 10.6
Network protocols and interfaces
•
LPR
•
Socket 9100
•
Bonjour
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
332
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
•
USB 2.0 and 1.1 (When connecting with multiple printers of the same model
via USB cables, only the printer recognized first can be monitored in the
Status Monitor Widget.)
Installing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Double-click the Status Monitor Installer icon in the Finder window.
2 Follow the on-screen instructions.
When the Install Succeeded screen appears, the installation is complete.
NOTE: Entering the administrative login name and password are required
during the installation process.
Opening and Closing the Status Monitor Widget
Opening the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the Dashboard icon in the Dock to launch Dashboard.
2 Click the Plus (+) sign to display the Widget Bar.
3 Click the icon of Status Monitor in the Widget Bar. The Printer Status
window appears.
NOTE: If the message Select a printer is displayed, select your printer in
Preferences. (For more information on Preferences, see "Preferences.")
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
333
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Closing the Status Monitor Widget
1 Click the Close (x) button in the upper-left corner of the Printer Status
window.
Printer Status Window
When the Status Monitor Widget is activated, the Printer Status window
appears on Dashboard.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer information
at the updated interval that can be specified in Preferences. Also, the printer status
is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is closed.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Widget receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
334
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
NOTE: When the printer is connected via USB cable, you cannot check the status
of the printer during a print job.
Printer Status Image Area
Displays the image of printer condition.
•
Estimated Toner Level image
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is functioning
properly.
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the
Unknown toner image is displayed.
•
Printer error image
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.
An error has occurred and the printer requires your attention to
correct a problem.
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
An unknown error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.
Order Supplies button
Click this button to display the Order window.
To hide the Order window, click Order Supplies again.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
335
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Info (i) button
Click this button to open Preferences.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window when
the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a standard used
across all widgets.
Order Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Order window:
1 Click the Order Supplies in the Printer Status window.
The Order window appears.
NOTE: The Order window appears when low toner is detected.
Order Online
•
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink
Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site hyperlink to access
the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
•
URL list
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering
web site hyperlink is clicked.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
336
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Order By Phone
•
Phone number list
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can call to order Dell
printer supplies.
Preferences
To open Preferences:
1 Click the info (i) button in the Printer Status window.
Preferences appears.
NOTE: The info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window
when the cursor is over the Printer Status window. The info (i) button is a
standard used across all widgets.
Printer
Displays a list of available printer names in the pull down menu. The first
printer displayed in this list is set as default.
Status Update Interval
You can specify the update interval of the printer status. By default, it is set to
obtain the printer information every 10 seconds. It can be set from 0 second to
600 seconds.
SNMP Community Name
You can change the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) community
name if using default community name (public). Up to 31 characters can be
entered.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
337
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Service Tag button
Click this button to obtain the service tag.
NOTE: You cannot retrieve the service tag when the printer is connected via USB
cable.
done button
Click this button to return to the Printer Status window.
Status Monitor Console for Linux
Status Monitor Console is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the
printer through the exchange of information between the Linux and the printer.
Status Monitor Console Feature
•
Monitoring Dell Printers
Allows you to check the status of Dell printers currently connected to your
Linux.
•
Receiving Alerts
Alerts you to problems, such as paper jams or low toner.
•
Ordering Supplies
Allows you to access the web site to order supplies.
Before Installing the Status Monitor Console
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console requires the following modules installed.
- Python, PyGTK, Net-SNMP, cups-libs, and xog-open
Please confirm that these modules are installed before you install the Status Monitor
Console.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console is available when the printer is connected to a
network (LPR or Socket 9100). USB connection is not supported.
Distributions
•
Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® WS 4
•
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Desktop
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
338
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
•
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10
•
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11
Printing system
•
CUPS (Common Unix Printing System)
Installing the Status Monitor Console
1 Activate the terminal, and log in as a super user.
2 Type the following rpm command in the terminal window.
# rpm -ivh (Type the package file name)
Starting the Status Monitor Console
1 Click Dell Printers Status Monitor Console
The Printer Selection window appears.
For more information on Printer Selection window, see "Printer Selection
Window."
2 Select your printer.
The Printer Status window appears.
For more information on Printer Status window, see "Printer Status
Window."
•
You can order supplies from the Dell Supplies Management System
window. See "Dell Supplies Management System Window."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
339
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Printer Selection Window
Printers list
All the printers registered in the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) are
displayed in a list.
•
Status icons:
Ready
Unknown/Offline/Toner Low/Paper Low
Door Open/Paper Jam/No Toner/Out Of Paper
Settings button
Click this button to open the Settings window.
Details button
Click this button to open the Printer Status window. If a non-supported printer
is selected, it opens the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For details on
the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, see "Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool."
Refresh button
Click this button to update the information of printers.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Selection window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
340
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Printer Status Window
When the printer is specified in the Printer Selection window, the Printer
Status window appears.
Printer Status Message Area
Displays a message of the current printer status.
NOTE: The Status Monitor Console automatically obtains the printer
information at the updated interval that can be specified in the Settings window.
Also, the printer status is refreshed when the Refresh is clicked.
NOTE: If the Status Monitor Console receives no response from the printer, the
message Cannot get printer information is displayed.
Printer Status Image Area
•
Current Toner Status icons
Displays icons of the current status of each toner.
The toner level is more than 30%.
The toner level is less than 29%.
The toner level is less than 9%.
The toner level is unknown.
•
Estimated Toner Level images
Keeps you informed about the amount of toner that remains for each color.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
341
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Toner Alert
Displays an alert message when any remaining toner is low, empty, or unknown.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online button
Click this button to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.
This button appears when the amount of toners becomes less than 30%.
Refresh button
Click this button to update the status of the printer.
Close button
Click this button to close the Printer Status window.
Dell Supplies Management System Window
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer supplies by
telephone or from the web site.
To open the Dell Supplies Management System window:
1 Click Order Supplies Online button in the Printer Status window.
OR
Click Dell Printers Dell Supplies Management System.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
342
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Select Printer Model
Select your printer model name.
Order Online
•
Order Supplies Online button
•
When the Regular URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Click this button to open the Service Tag window.
•
When the Premier URL is selected in the Select Reorder URL:
Click this button to open the procurement and support web site.
•
Select Reorder URL
Displays a list of available URLs where you can order Dell printer supplies.
Select a URL address to use when the Order Supplies Online button is
clicked.
•
Regular URL: http://Accessories.us.dell.com/sna/PrinterSeg.aspx
•
Premier URL: http://premier.dell.com
Order by Phone
•
To order Dell printer supplies by phone, call the following
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
343
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Select your country with phone number from the list, and call the displayed
telephone number to order supplies.
Close button
Click this button to close the Dell Supplies Management System window.
Service Tag Window
1 Enter the Dell printer service tag.
NOTE: For information on the service tag, see "Express Service Code and
Service Tag."
Settings Window
To open the Settings window:
1 Click the Settings button in the Printer Selection window.
The Settings window appears.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
344
Understanding Your Printer Software
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
Update of status
•
Printer Status is regularly updated check box
Select the check box to enable/disable the Printer Status to be updated by the
specified interval.
•
Update interval text box
Specify the update interval of the printer status.
Port Number Settings
•
Port Number
Specify the port number in the Port Number text box to open the setting
page of your printer in a web browser.
Protocol Settings - SNMP
•
Community Name
Enter the Community name of SNMP in the Community Name text box.
Order URL
•
Select Reorder URL
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Your Printer Software
345
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section20.fm
The selected URL address is set as default web site for the Select Reorder
URL in the Dell Supplies Management System window.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
346
Understanding Your Printer Software
21
Understanding Fonts
Typefaces and Fonts
A font is a set of characters and symbols created with a distinct design. The
distinct design is called a typeface. The typefaces you select add personality to a
document. Well-chosen typefaces make a document easier to read.
The printer has numerous resident fonts in PCL 5/PCL 6. See "Resident Fonts"
for a listing of all resident fonts.
Weight and Style
Typefaces are often available in different weights and styles. These variations
modify the original typeface so you can, for example, emphasize important
words in text or highlight book titles. The different weights and styles are
designed to complement the original typeface.
Weight refers to the thickness of the lines that form the characters. Thicker lines
result in darker characters. Some words commonly used to describe the weight
of a typeface are bold, medium, light, black, and heavy.
Style refers to other typeface modifications, such as tilt or character width. Italic
and oblique are styles where the characters are tilted. Narrow, condensed, and
extended are three common styles that modify the character widths.
Some fonts combine several weight and style modifications; for example,
Helvetica BdOb. A group of several weight and style variations of a single
typeface is called a typeface family. Most typeface families have four variations:
regular, italic (oblique), bold, and bold italic (bold oblique). Some families have
more variations, as the following illustration for the Helvetica typeface family
shows:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
347
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
Pitch and Point Size
The size of a font is specified as either a pitch or point size, depending on
whether the font is fixed space or proportional.
In fixed space fonts, each character has the same width. Pitch is used to specify
the size of fixed space fonts. It is a measure of the number of characters that will
print in one horizontal inch of type. For example, all 10-pitch fonts print 10
characters per inch (cpi) and all 12-pitch fonts print 12 cpi:
In proportional (or typographic) fonts, every character can have a different
width. Since proportional fonts have characters with different widths, the font
size is specified in point size, not pitch. Point size refers to the height of the
characters in the font. A point is defined as 1/72 inch. The characters in a font
printed at 24 point will be twice as large as the characters in the same font
printed at 12 point.
The following illustration shows samples of a font printed in different point
sizes:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
348
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
The point size of a font is defined as the distance from the top of the tallest
character in the font to the bottom of the lowest character in the font. Due to the
definition of point size, different fonts printed at the same point size may appear
quite different in size. This is because there are other font parameters that affect
how the font looks. However, the point size of a font is an excellent specification
of the relative size of a font. The following examples illustrate two very
different proportional fonts at 14 point:
Bitmapped and Scalable Fonts
The printer uses both bitmapped and scalable fonts.
Bitmapped fonts are stored in print memory as predefined patterns of bits that
represent a typeface at a specific size, style, and resolution. The following
illustration shows an example of a character from a bitmapped font.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
349
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
Bitmapped fonts are available in different type styles and point sizes as
downloadable fonts.
Scalable fonts (also called outline fonts) are stored as computer programs that
define the outlines of the characters in the font. Each time you print characters
from a scalable font, the printer creates a bitmap of the characters at the point
size you choose and saves it temporarily in print memory.
These temporary bitmapped fonts are deleted when you turn off or reset the
printer. Scalable fonts provide the flexibility of printing in many different point
sizes.
Your printer uses different scalable font formats for downloading fonts to the
printer. PCL 5/PCL 6 uses Intellifont and TrueType scalable fonts. There are
thousands of different scalable fonts available in these different font formats
from numerous font suppliers.
If you plan to use many downloadable bitmapped or scalable fonts or if you plan
to use many different sizes of scalable fonts, you may need to purchase
additional memory for your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
350
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
Resident Fonts
Your printer is equipped with resident fonts stored permanently in print memory.
Different fonts are available in PCL 5/PCL 6. Some of the most popular
typefaces, like Courier and TimesNew, are available for all printer languages.
The following table lists all the fonts resident in your printer. See "Printing Font
Sample List" for instructions on how to print samples of the fonts. You can
select the resident fonts from your software program or from the operator panel.
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
CG Times
CG Omega BdIt
Coronet
Garamond Antiqua
Marigold
CG Times It
CG Times Bd
CG Times BdIt
Univers Md
Garamond Krsv
Garamond Hlb
Arial
Garamond KrsvHlb
Arial It
Univers MdIt
Arial Bd
Univers Bd
Courier
Univers BdIt
Courier It
Univers MdCd
Courier Bd
TimesNew
Univers MdCdIt
Courier BdIt
TimesNew It
Univers BdCd
Univers BdCdIt
Arial BdIt
TimesNew Bd
LetterGothic
TimesNew BdIt
LetterGothic It
AntiqueOlv
LetterGothic Bd
Symbol
Albertus Md
Wingdings
AntiqueOlv It
AntiqueOlv Bd
Albertus XBd
CG Omega
CG Omega It
Clarendon Cd
CG Omega Bd
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
351
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
Resident bitmapped and scalable fonts
PCL 5/PCL 6
Times Roman
Palatino Roman
N C Schbk Roman
Times It
Palatino It
N C Schbk It
Times Bd
Palatino Bd
N C Schbk Bd
Times BdIt
Palatino BdIt
N C Schbk BdIt
Helvetica
ITCBookman Lt
ITC A G Go Bk
Helvetica Ob
ITCBookman LtIt
ITC A G Go BkOb
Helvetica Bd
ITCBookmanDm
ITC A G Go Dm
Helvetica BdOb
ITCBookmanDm It
ITC A G Go DmOb
CourierPS
HelveticaNr
ZapfC MdIt
CourierPS Ob
HelveticaNr Ob
CourierPS Bd
HelveticaNr Bd
CourierPS BdOb
HelveticaNr BdOb
ZapfDingbats
SymbolPS
Symbol Sets
A symbol set is the collection of alphabetic and numeric characters, punctuation,
and special characters available in the font you select. Symbol sets support the
requirements for different languages or specific applications, such as math
symbols used for scientific text.
In PCL 5/PCL 6, a symbol set also defines which character will print for each
key on the keyboard (or more specifically, for each code point). Some
applications require different characters at some code points. To support
multiple applications and languages, your printer has 36 symbol sets for the
resident PCL 5/PCL 6 fonts.
Symbol Sets for PCL 5/PCL 6
Not all font names support all of the symbol sets listed.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
352
Understanding Fonts
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
Roman 8 (Default)
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
PC-8
PC-8 DN
PC-775 Baltic
PC-850 Multilingual
PC-852 Latin 2
PC-1004 OS/2
PC Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 1
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
DeskTop
PS Text
MC Text
Microsoft Publishing
Math 8
PS Math
Pi Font
Legal
ISO 4 United Kingdom
ISO 6 ASCII
ISO 11 Swedish:names
ISO 15 Italian
ISO 17 Spanish
ISO 21 German
ISO 60 Norwegian v1
ISO 69 French
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
Windows Baltic
Symbol
Wingdings
ITC ZapfDingbats MS
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Fonts
353
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section21.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
354
Understanding Fonts
22
Understanding Printer Messages
The printer operator panel displays error messages describing the current state
of the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This
chapter provides a list of error codes and tells you how to clear error messages.
NOTICE: When an error message appears, the print data remaining on the printer
and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secure.
NOTE: An error code is listed in an error message.
NOTE: For error messages that are not listed in this chapter, refer to instructions
in each error message.
1
LCD panel*1
3
button
2
2
5
Ready / Error LED*
7
(Cancel) button
button
4
(Menu) button
6
(Set) button
*1
Displays an error message when an error occurs.
*2
Lights green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data is being
received. Lights orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable
print error occurs.
Error-Code What you can do
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
355
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
004-310
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the optional 250-sheet feeder is
correctly installed, and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.
004-311
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the duplexer is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
004-312
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
009-360
Turn off the printer. Confirm the yellow cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
009-361
Turn off the printer. Confirm the magenta cartridge is correctly installed,
and turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is
repeated.
009-362
Turn off the printer. Confirm the cyan cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
009-363
Turn off the printer. Confirm the black cartridge is correctly installed, and
turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
010-317
Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes. Open the front cover and
make sure that the fuser is fully installed.
010-377
Turn off the printer. Confirm that the fuser is correctly installed, and turn
on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
016-316
Turn off the printer. Remove the optional 512 MB memory module from
the slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-317
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-318
Remove the unsupported additional memory module. Contact customer
support if this failure is repeated.
016-386
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-387
016-388
016-391
016-392
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
016-393
016-394
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
356
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
016-404
Contact your system administrator.
016-405
016-520
016-521
016-522
016-523
016-524
016-527
016-531
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-532
016-533
016-545
016-535
016-536
016-541
Contact your system administrator.
016-542
016-543
016-750
016-753
Press the
recover.
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
016-755
016-756
Contact your system administrator.
016-757
The account is not registered. Contact your system administrator.
016-758
The function cannot be used. Contact your system administrator.
016-759
Printable page limit is exceeded. Contact your system administrator.
016-786
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
Press the
recover. Check if the network cable is connected properly. If there is no
problem with the network cable, contact server administrator.
016-790
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
016-791
Press the
recover.
016-799
(Set) button to clear the message and cancel the current
Press the
print job. Confirm the configuration of the printer on the printer driver.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
357
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
016-920
Press the
(Set) button and try again.
016-921
016-922
016-930
The device is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
016-931
The USB hub is not supported. Remove it from the front USB port.
024-910
Reload the specified paper on the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-911
Reload the specified paper on the optional 250-sheet feeder.
024-914
Reload the specified paper on the SSF.
024-946
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray.
024-947
Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder.
027-452
027-446
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and turn it on
again.
042-700
Wait for a while until the printer cools down.
071-100
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
071-920
Set side 2 of the sheet to the standard 250-sheet tray.
071-921
Press the
072-100
Remove the optional 250-sheet feeder and jammed paper. Open and close
the front cover.
072-921
Press the
072-920
Set side 2 of the sheet to the optional 250-sheet feeder.
072-101
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
072-908
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray or the optional 250-sheet feeder, and
remove the jammed paper. Open and close the front cover.
075-101
Open the front cover and remove the jammed paper, and then open and
close the front cover.
(Set) button.
(Set) button.
075-102
Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the front cover.
072-921
Press the
075-922
Remove the paper from the SSF.
075-923
Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper in the SSF.
077-300
Close the front cover.
(Set) button.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
358
Understanding Printer Messages
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
077-301
Close the toner access cover.
091-912
Remove the ribbon from the PHD unit. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
091-972
Open the front cover, and make sure that the PHD unit is fully installed.
092-310
Clean the CTD sensor.
092-910
093-919
Remove and shake the yellow cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920
Remove and shake the magenta cartridge. Contact customer support if
this failure is repeated.
093-921
Remove and shake the cyan cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922
Remove and shake the black cartridge. Contact customer support if this
failure is repeated.
093-930
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-931
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-932
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-933
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-934
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used yellow cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-935
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used magenta cartridge, and
install a new cartridge.
093-936
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used cyan cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-937
Open the toner access cover. Remove the used black cartridge, and install
a new cartridge.
093-960
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported yellow cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-961
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported magenta cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Understanding Printer Messages
359
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section22.fm
093-962
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported cyan cartridge, and
install a supported cartridge.
093-963
Open the toner access cover. Remove the unsupported black cartridge,
and install a supported cartridge.
093-965
Open the front cover. Remove the unsupported PHD unit, and install a
supported unit.
093-970
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the yellow cartridge is
fully installed.
093-971
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the magenta cartridge is
fully installed.
093-972
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the cyan cartridge is fully
installed.
093-973
Open the toner access cover, and make sure that the black cartridge is
fully installed.
116-752
Press the
recover.
(Set) button, or wait for 30 seconds for the printer to
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
360
Understanding Printer Messages
23
Printing With Web Services on
Devices (WSD)
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the new
Microsoft® protocol for Microsoft Windows® Vista®, Windows Server® 2008,
Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
Adding Roles of Printer Services
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need to
add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server
2008 R2 client.
For Windows Server 2008:
1 Click Start Administrative Tools Server Manager.
2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3 Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add
Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
5 Click Install.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:
1 Click Start Administrative Tools Server Manager.
2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu.
3 Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles
window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next.
4 Click Next.
5 Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next.
6 Click Install.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
361
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
Printer Setup
You can install your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities
CD that shipped with your printer, or using Microsoft Windows’ Add Printer
wizard.
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard
1 Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers (Start
Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
2 Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.
3 Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer.
4 In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then click
Next.
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the
form of http://IP address/ws/.
NOTE: If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP
address manually to create a WSD printer. To enter the printer's IP address
manually, follow the instructions below.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD printer, you must be a
member of Administrators group.
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and
click Next.
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on
Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, perform one of the following:
•
Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan
your computer.
•
Add the printer driver to your computer.
5 If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are prompted
for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide
confirmation.
6 Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.
7 Print a test page to verify print installation.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
362
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
a
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers
(Start Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and
Windows 7).
b
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Properties
(Printer properties for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).
For PCL driver:
On the Options tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply.
For PS driver:
On the Device Settings tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page prints
successfully, installation is complete.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
363
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section23.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
364
Printing With Web Services on Devices (WSD)
24
Specifications
Operating System Compatibility
Your Dell™ 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer is compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2003, Windows
Server 2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit
Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista®, Windows
Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Mac OS X 10.3.9,
10.4.11, 10.5, 10.6, Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 4 WS/5 Client (x86), and
SUSE® Linux Enterprise Desktop 10/11 (x86).
Power Supply
Rated Voltage
220 VAC - 240 VAC
110 VAC - 127 VAC
Frequency
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Current
5 A or less
9 A or less
Dimensions
Height: 413 mm (16.26 inches) Width: 400 mm (15.75 inches) Depth: 406 mm
(15.98 inches)
Weight (not including cartridge and PHD unit): 15.0 kg (32.47 lb)
Memory
Base memory
256 MB
Maximum memory
768 MB (256 MB + 512 MB)
Connector
144 pin EP2-2100 DDR2 SDRAM
32b-SO-DIMM
DIMM Size
512 MB
Speed
EP2-2100
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Specifications
365
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation,
Operating System, and Interface
PDL/Emulations PCL 6, PCL5e, HBPL, XPS (Host Based)
Operating
Systems
Microsoft Windows XP/XP x64/Server 2003/Server 2003
x64/Server 2008/Server 2008 x64/Server 2008 R2 x64/Vista/Vista
x64/7/7 XPS, Mac OS X (10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6), Red Hat
Enterprise Linux 4 WS/5 Client (x86), and SUSE Linux Enterprise
Desktop 10/11 (x86)
Interfaces
Standard local:
USB 2.0
Standard network:
10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Ethernet
Optional network:
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
(Wireless)
MIB Compatibility
Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information
about network devices (such as adapters, bridges, routers, or computers). This
information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dell 2150cn/2150cdn Color Printer
complies with standard industry MIB specifications, allowing the printer to be
recognized and managed by various printer and network management software
systems.
Environment
Operation
Temperature
10 °C - 32 °C
Relative humidity
10 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Print Quality Guarantee
Temperature
15 °C - 28 °C
Relative humidity
20 % - 70 % RH (no condensation)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
366
Specifications
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
Storage
Temperature range
-20 °C to 40 °C (0 °F to 104 °F)
Storage humidity range
5 % - 85 % RH (no condensation)
Altitude
Operating
Up to 3,100 m (10,000 feet)
Storage
70.9275 Kpa
Cables
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:
Connection type Connection specifications and symbols
1
USB
USB 2.0
2
Ethernet
10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T
3
Wireless
adapter socket
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Specifications
367
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section24.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
368
Specifications
Maintaining Your Printer
369
370
25
Maintaining Your Printer
You need to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality.
NOTE: The images used and procedures described in this manual are those of
Dell™ 2150cn Color Printer.
Determining the Status of Supplies
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dell Printer Configuration
Web Tool can provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels. Type the
printer's IP address in your web browser to view this information. To use the EMail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires new
supplies, type the desired e-mail address in the e-mail list box.
On the operator panel, you can also confirm the following:
•
Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing (However,
the printer can only display information about one item at a time).
•
Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.
Conserving Supplies
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner cartridge
and paper.
Supply
Setting
Function
Toner
cartridge
Toner Saving Mode in
the Advanced tab
This check box allows the users to select a print
mode that uses less toner. The image quality will
be lower when this feature is used.
Maintaining Your Printer
371
Supply
Setting
Function
Print
media
Multiple Up in the
Layout tab
The printer prints two or more pages on one side
of a sheet. Values for Multiple Up are 2 Up, 4
Up, 8 Up, 16 Up, or 32 Up. Combined with the
duplex setting, Multiple Up allows you to print
up to 64 pages on one sheet of paper. (32 images
on the front and 32 on the back)
Ordering Supplies
You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked
printer. Type the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the Dell
Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the Order Supplies at: to order
toner for your printer.
You can also order toner cartridges by the following method.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Additional Color Laser
Software Dell Supplies Management System.
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.
2 Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.
3 If ordering from the web:
a
When you cannot get information from the printer automatically by twoway communication, a window that prompts you to type the Service Tag
appears. Type your Dell printer Service Tag in the field provided.
Your Service Tag number is located inside the toner access cover of your
printer.
b
Select a URL from the Select Reorder URL list.
c
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site.
4 If ordering by phone, call the number that appears under the Order by
Phone heading.
Storing Print Media
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, there are
several things you can do.
372
Maintaining Your Printer
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an environment
where the temperature is approximately 21 °C (70 °F) and the relative
humidity is 40 %.
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the
floor.
•
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.
Storing Consumables
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do
not store consumables in:
•
Temperatures greater than 40 °C (104 °F).
•
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
•
Direct sunlight.
•
Dusty places.
•
A car for a long period of time.
•
An environment where corrosive gases are present.
•
A humid environment.
Replacing the Toner Cartridges
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order cartridges
online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
It is recommended to use Dell toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
CAUTION: Never throw used toner cartridges into fire. The residual toner could
explode resulting in burns and injuries.
CAUTION: Do not shake the used toner cartridge. This may cause toner spills.
Maintaining Your Printer
373
Removing the Toner Cartridge
1 Open the toner access cover.
2 Push the latch(es) backwards to pop open the toner cartridge(s) that you want
to replace.
3 Pull the cartridge holder until it clicks, and then pull out the toner cartridge.
374
Maintaining Your Printer
CAUTION: Do not shake the toner cartridge as it may cause toner spills.
Installing a Toner Cartridge
1 Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle
before replacing it. Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to
distribute the toner evenly.
2 Insert the toner cartridge into the associated cartridge holder, and then slide
the latch of the toner cartridge.
Maintaining Your Printer
375
3 Close the toner access cover.
376
Maintaining Your Printer
Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
Removing the PHD Unit
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
377
4 Open the belt unit.
5 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
378
Maintaining Your Printer
6 Hold the gray tabs, and then pull the PHD unit out of the printer.
Installing a PHD Unit
1 Open the PHD packaging.
Maintaining Your Printer
379
2 Take out the PHD unit from the packaging.
3 Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the PHD unit.
380
Maintaining Your Printer
4 Remove the rear protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTE: Do not remove the front protective cover at this moment.
5 Insert the PHD unit until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on
the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
381
6 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
7 Remove the front protective cover from the PHD unit.
NOTICE: Ensure that you do not hit the belt unit when removing the front
protective cover.
382
Maintaining Your Printer
8 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
9 Close the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
383
10 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Replacing the Retard Roller
Keeping the retard roller in the paper tray clean helps ensure the best possible
printing. It is recommended to clean the retard roller at regular intervals.
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.
Dell retard rollers are available only through Dell. To order by phone, see
"Contacting Dell."
384
Maintaining Your Printer
It is recommended to use Dell retard rollers for your printer. Dell does not
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or
components not supplied by Dell.
Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Ensure that you remove all the paper from the standard 250-sheet
tray before removing the retard roller.
2 Holding the retard roller tabs with your fingers, pull the retard roller out of
the groove in the axle.
Maintaining Your Printer
385
Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
1 Align the new retard roller with the groove on the axle.
2 Insert the retard roller into the axle until it snaps. The protrusions fit
completely into the slots and the roller hook reseats into the groove on the
axle.
386
Maintaining Your Printer
3 Load paper in the standard 250-sheet tray, and then insert the tray into the
printer and push until it stops.
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Cleaning the Feed Roller
Clean the feed roller inside the printer if print media does not feed correctly.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
Maintaining Your Printer
387
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
4 Open the belt unit.
388
Maintaining Your Printer
5 Turn the four PHD lock levers 90-degrees counterclockwise.
6 Hold the gray tabs, and then pull out the PHD unit.
Maintaining Your Printer
389
NOTE: Keep the PHD unit in a dark place. If the front cover remains open
for more than three minutes, print quality may deteriorate.
7 Clean the feed roller inside the printer with a dry cloth.
390
Maintaining Your Printer
8 Insert the PHD unit until it stops, and then turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
9 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
10 Close the front cover.
Maintaining Your Printer
391
11 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Cleaning the CTD Sensor
Clean the Color Toner Density (CTD) sensor only when an alert for the CTD
sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or operator panel.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
392
Maintaining Your Printer
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
4 Open the belt unit.
Maintaining Your Printer
393
5 Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
394
Maintaining Your Printer
7 Close the front cover.
8 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
Maintaining Your Printer
395
Adjusting Color Registration
To adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving
it to a new location, follow the procedure below.
•
Printing the Color Registration Chart
•
Determining Values
•
Entering Values
Printing the Color Registration Chart
When Using the Operator Panel
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Maintenance appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Color Reg Adj appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until ColorReg Chart appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
The Are you sure? message appears on the operator panel.
6 Press the
(Set) button.
NOTE: To cancel printing the color registration chart, press the
(Cancel) button.
The color registration chart is printed.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
396
Maintaining Your Printer
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the
page.
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
4 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed.
Determining Values
On the color registration chart, there are two types of charts: Chart 1 (fast scan)
and Chart 2 (slow scan).
The Chart 1 is used to adjust the color registration for the fast scan direction,
which is vertical to paper feed direction. The Chart 2 is used to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan direction, which is horizontal to paper feed
direction.
The following sections explain how to determine the adjustment values for the
fast scan and the slow scan using Chart 1 and Chart 2.
Fast Scan
On the Chart 1 of the color registration chart, find the straightest lines where the
two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y,
M, and C). If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-9 to +9)
indicated by the straightest line for each color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the fast scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Values."
Maintaining Your Printer
397
Slow Scan
On the Chart 2 of the color registration chart, find the medium line within the
range of white area for each color pattern (Y, M, and C). If you find the medium
line, make a note of the value (-9 – +9) indicated by the medium line for each
color.
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color
registration for the slow scan.
When the value is not 0, enter the value using the procedure in "Entering
Values."
398
Maintaining Your Printer
Entering Values
When Using the Operator Panel
Using the operator panel, enter the values found in the color registration chart to
make adjustments.
1 Press the
(Menu) button.
2 Press
button.
button until Admin Menu appears, and then press the
3 Press
button.
button until Maintenance appears, and then press the
(Set)
(Set)
4 Press
button until Color Reg Adj appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
5 Press
button until Enter Number appears, and then press the
(Set) button.
6 Ensure that the cursor is displayed at the value under LY and press
button to specify the values.
Maintaining Your Printer
or
399
7 Press
8 Press the
button to move the cursor to the next value.
(Set) button.
The cursor is displayed at the value under RY.
9 Repeat steps 6 to 8 to enter the desired values, and then press the
button.
(Set)
NOTE: You can specify each value for process, left, and right colors (LY,
LM, LC, RY, RM, RC, PY, PM, and PC) by repeating the steps 6 to 8.
10 Press
and
(Set) button.
until ColorReg Chart appears, and then press the
The Are you sure? message appears on the operator panel.
11 Press the
(Set) button.
NOTE: To cancel printing the color registration chart, press the
(Cancel) button.
The color registration chart with the new values is printed.
If the straightest line is not at the value of 0, adjust the values again.
Checking the charts before and after the adjustments will help you to
determine the values to enter.
When Using the Tool Box
NOTE:
Using the Tool Box, enter the values that you found in the color registration
chart to make adjustments.
1 Click Start All Programs Dell Printers Dell 2150 Color Printer
Tool Box.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple
printer drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of
this printer listed in Printer Names, and then click OK.
The Tool Box opens.
2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab.
3 Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the
page.
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.
400
Maintaining Your Printer
4 Select the value with the straight line, and then click the Apply New Settings
button.
5 Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.
6 Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0. Show image of before and
after adjustment will help.
After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the
printer motor has stopped running.
NOTE: If 0 is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the
printer again.
Maintaining Your Printer
401
402
Maintaining Your Printer
26
Removing Options
If the printer location needs to change or the printer and print media handling
options need to be shipped to a new location, all print media handling options
must be removed from the printer. For shipping, pack the printer and print media
handling options securely to avoid damage.
Removing the Optional Memory Module
CAUTION: When you remove the optional memory module, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off and unplug all the cables including the
power cable from the back of the printer.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise.
3 Open the control board cover.
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
403
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
4 Push the clips on both sides of the slot outward to raise the memory module
up.
5 Hold the memory module and pull it straight out.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
404
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
6 Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
7 Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
405
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
8 Turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
CAUTION: When you remove the optional 250-sheet feeder, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cable. Then, disconnect all cables
from the back of the printer.
2 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the
tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3 Remove the two screws joining the printer and the optional 250-sheet feeder
by unscrewing them with a coin or similar object.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
406
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
NOTE: The screw hole is located in 216 mm recess from the front of the
printer.
4 Gently lift the printer off the tray module, and place it on a level surface.
CAUTION: Two people are required to lift the printer. The printer should be
lifted holding the front and back. Never lift the printer from its sides.
5 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
407
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
6 Reconnect all cables including the power cable into the back of the printer
and turn on the printer.
Removing the Optional Wireless Adapter
CAUTION: When you remove the optional wireless adapter, be sure to turn off
the printer, unplug the power cable, and disconnect all cables from the back of the
printer before starting these tasks.
1 Ensure that the printer is turned off.
2 Turn the screw on the control board cover counterclockwise and open the
cover.
3 Remove the control board cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
408
Removing Options
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
NOTE: Remove the control board cover by pulling it upward until the lower
hinge is out of the slit, and then pull the cover towards you and remove it.
4 Remove the wireless adapter from the printer by releasing the adapter's hook
while pushing the wireless adapter towards the front of the printer.
5 Install the control board cover.
NOTE: Insert the upper hinge of the control board cover into the upper slit
on the printer. Next, insert the lower hinge of the control board cover into the
lower slit of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Removing Options
409
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section26.fm
6 Close the control board cover and turn the screw clockwise.
7 Turn on the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
410
Removing Options
27
Clearing Jams
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to
avoid paper jams. See "Print Media Guidelines" for more information.
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended to
try a sample first.
Avoiding Jams
•
Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines" for more
information.
•
See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional
250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the SSF" to load print media
properly.
•
Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the print media stack
height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the load-line labels
in the tray.
•
Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.
•
Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs with
print media, try feeding one sheet at a time through the single sheet feeder.
•
Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.
•
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media
source.
•
Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print
media when using the standard 250-sheet tray and the optional 250-sheet
feeder. Also, the recommended print side should be face down when using
the single sheet feeder.
•
Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more information,
see "Storing Print Media."
•
Do not remove the feeding tray during a print job.
•
Push the tray in firmly after loading.
•
Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
411
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
•
Overtightening the guides may cause jams.
•
Wipe the retard rollers in the tray or single sheet feeder with a cloth that is
slightly dampened with water if jams caused by misfeeding paper occur
frequently.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams
CAUTION: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This
may permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print
media path.
1
Duplexer (2150cdn only)
2
Fuser
3
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)
4
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder
5
Standard 250-Sheet Tray
6
Front Cover
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
412
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the jammed paper out of the single sheet feeder. If no jammed paper can
be found or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove
the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
2 Remove the standard 250-sheet tray from the printer, and then pull out the
jammed paper remaining inside the printer. If no jammed paper can be found
or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the
jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
413
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
3 Push the side button to open the front cover.
4 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
414
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
5 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
6 Close the front cover.
7 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
415
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250Sheet Tray
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer carefully. Hold the tray
with both hands, lift the front slightly, and remove it from the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
416
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
2 Remove all the jammed and/or creased paper from the tray.
3 Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
4 Push the side button to open the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
417
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
5 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
418
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
7 Close the front cover.
8 Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
419
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser
NOTICE: Ensure nothing touches or scratches the surface (black-colored film) of
the belt unit. Scratches, dirt, or oil from your hands on the film of the belt unit may
reduce print quality.
NOTICE: Protect the drums of the Print Head Device (PHD) against bright light.
If the front cover remains open for more than three minutes, print quality may
deteriorate.
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes.
2 Push the side button to open the front cover.
3 Open the belt unit.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
420
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
4 Lift the levers at both ends of the fuser, and remove the jammed paper. If you
are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step.
CAUTION: The fuser is hot. Do not touch it, doing so may cause burns.
5 Open the cover of the fuser and remove the jammed paper.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
421
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
6 Close the cover of the fuser and press down the levers at both ends of the
fuser.
7 Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer, and
then close the belt unit.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
422
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
8 Close the front cover.
Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Push the side button to open the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
423
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
2 Open the cover of the duplexer.
3 Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer.
4 Close the cover of the duplexer.
5 Close the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
424
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet
Feeder
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all
print media from the print media path.
1 Pull the optional 250-sheet feeder out of the printer carefully. Hold the feeder
with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Paper in the optional 250-sheet feeder feeds to the printer from the
front of the standard 250-sheet tray, therefore paper jammed in the standard
250-sheet tray can block the optional 250-sheet feeder in the printer,
preventing you from opening it. Look for the jammed paper sequentially,
starting with the optional 250-sheet feeder.
2 Remove all jammed and/or creased paper from the feeder.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
425
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
3 Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable
to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the
inside of the printer.
4 Push the side button to open the front cover.
5 Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that
there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
426
Clearing Jams
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
6 Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
7 Close the front cover.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Clearing Jams
427
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section27.fm
NOTE: If the paper jam message is not cleared after closing the front cover,
pull out the standard 250-sheet tray and check if there is a jammed paper in
the opening of the tray.
8 Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
NOTICE: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray
or the inside of the printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
428
Clearing Jams
Troubleshooting
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
429
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
430
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
28
Troubleshooting Guide
Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easily resolved. If a problem occurs with your
printer, check each of the following:
The power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical
outlet.
•
The printer is turned on.
•
The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.
•
Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet are working.
•
Optional memory is properly installed.
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the
printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the
problem.
Display Problems
Problem
Action
After the printer is turned on, • Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on
the display on the operator
the printer.
panel is blank, keeps showing • Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When
Please wait..., or the back
the test is completed, Ready to Print is
light is not lit.
displayed.
Menu settings changed from Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or
the operator panel have no
the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on
effect.
the operator panel.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
431
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Printing Problems
Problem
Action
Job did not print or incorrect
characters printed.
Ensure that the top menu appears on the operator panel
before you send a job to print. Press the (Menu)
button to return to the top menu.
Ensure that the print media is loaded in the printer. Press
the (Menu) button to return to the top menu.
Verify that the printer is using the correct page
description language (PDL).
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.
Ensure that the correct USB or Ethernet cable is securely
connected to the printer.
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler
has not stalled.
Check the printer's interface from the Admin Menu.
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a panel
settings page to verify that the current interface settings
are correct.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
432
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problem
Action
Print media misfeeds or
multiple feeds occur in the
standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder.
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the
specifications for your printer. See "Supported Paper
Types" for more information.
Fan the print media before loading it in the standard
250-sheet tray.
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.
Ensure that the width and length guides of the print
media sources are adjusted correctly.
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is securely
inserted.
Do not overload the tray.
Do not force print media into the single sheet feeder
when you load it; otherwise, it may skew or buckle.
Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Face the recommended print side up or down
appropriately for the type of print media you are using.
See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Turn the print media over or around and try printing
again to see if feeding improves.
Do not mix print media types.
Do not mix reams of print media.
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream
before loading the print media.
Load print media only when the tray is empty.
Wipe the retard rollers in the standard 250-sheet tray or
single sheet feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
The envelope is creased after Make sure that the envelope is loaded in the standard
printed.
250-sheet tray or single sheet feeder as instructed in
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" or "Loading an Envelope in
the SSF."
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
433
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problem
Action
Page breaks in unexpected
places.
Increase the value for Time-Out on the operator panel,
the Tool Box, or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.
Print media does not stack
neatly in the output bin.
Turn the print media stack over in the tray.
Cannot perform manual
duplex printing.
Select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge from
the Duplex menu on the Paper/Output tab in the
printer driver.
Cannot print from the
Load the print media into the single sheet feeder.
standard 250-sheet tray
because the print media in the
tray is curled.
Print Quality Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
•
The output is too light
•
Toner smears or print comes off
•
Random spots/Blurred images
•
The entire output is blank
•
Streaks appear on the output
•
Part or the entire output is black
•
Pitched color dots
•
Vertical blanks
•
Ghosting
•
Light-induced fatigue
•
Fog
•
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
•
Jagged characters
•
Banding
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
434
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
•
Auger mark
•
Wrinkled/Stained paper
•
Damage on the leading edge of paper
The output is too light
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
complete.
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
The task is
driver.
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, ensure that the Toner
Saving Mode check box is not selected.
Go to action 4.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
435
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
4
Yes
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
The task is
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
complete.
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 6.
Does this solve your problem?
6
Ensure that the eight yellow ribbons are correctly The task is
removed from the Print Head Device (PHD) unit. complete.
See "Removing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Ribbons" and "Installing a PHD Unit." If not,
remove the ribbons.
Go to action 7.
7
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Main Motor Operation Check from
the drop-down list box and click the Start
button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
Does this solve your problem?
Does the motor function properly?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
436
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
8
Yes
No
Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
cartridge functions properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow),
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta),
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense
Motor Check (Black) from the drop-down
list box, and click the Start button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
d Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
9
If printing many low density images, execute the The task is
complete.
Toner Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Yellow button under Toner Refresh
Mode.
c Repeat step b for Magenta, Cyan, and Black
buttons.
Go to action 10.
CAUTION: Using the Refresh
Mode consumes extra toner.
d After you complete the Toner Refresh
Mode, select Chart Print from the list on the
Diagnosis tab.
e Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
437
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
10 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
No
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Toner smears or print comes off
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
complete.
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
438
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
3
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed
correctly. See "Installing a Toner Cartridge."
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
2
Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
The task is
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" complete.
and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Go to action 3.
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, test print
your document again.
Does this solve your problem?
Random spots/Blurred images
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
439
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
3
Yes
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
No
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
The entire output is blank
Action
Yes
1
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
complete.
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in
each toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
440
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
3
Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer
The task is
driver.
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, ensure that the Toner
Saving Mode check box is not selected.
4
The task is
The print media surface may be uneven. Try
complete.
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer
driver. For example, change the plain paper to
thick.
a On the Paper/Output tab, change the Paper
Type setting.
No
Go to action 4.
Does this solve your problem?
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
Go to action 6.
Does this solve your problem?
6
Ensure that eight yellow ribbons are correctly
removed from the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and "Installing a
PHD Unit." If not, remove the ribbons.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 7.
Does this solve your problem?
7
Go to action 8. Contact Dell.
Ensure that the developer motor functions
properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Main Motor Operation Check from
the drop-down list box and click the Start
button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
Does the motor function properly?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
441
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
8
Yes
No
Ensure that the dispense motor for each toner
Go to action 9. Contact Dell.
cartridge functions properly.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine
Check on the Diagnosis tab.
b Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow),
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta),
Dispense Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense
Motor Check (Black) from the drop-down
list box, and click the Start button.
c Click the Play of Sound button to check the
motor sound.
d Repeat steps b and c to perform Dispense
Motor Check for the rest of the toner
cartridges.
NOTE: You can perform Dispense
Motor Check for CMYK in any order
you desire.
Does the dispense motor function properly?
9
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Streaks appear on the output
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
442
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
1
Yes
The task is
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner left in each complete.
toner cartridge.
a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the
Status Monitor.
b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
If you are using non-Dell brand toner cartridges, The task is
complete.
disable the Non-Dell Toner option.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Non-Dell
Toner on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Ensure that the On check box is not selected.
Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Part or the entire output is black
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
443
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
1
Yes
Ensure Output Color is set to Color (Auto) in The task is
the printer driver.
complete.
a On the Graphics tab, ensure that the Output
Color is set to Color (Auto).
No
Go to action 2.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Pitched color dots
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
444
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
1
Proceed to the Contact Dell.
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
c Compare the pitch of the color spots on your
output with that on the Pitch Configuration
Chart, and locate the cause of the problem.
Is the cause of the problem located?
2
No
• PHD unit - 2
• Fuser Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer Contact Dell.
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Vertical blanks
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
445
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
1
Yes
The task is
Ensure the light path is not covered.
a Remove the PHD unit, and keep it in the dark complete.
place. See "Replacing the Print Head Device
(PHD) Unit."
b Check the light path, and then remove the
shielding.
c Re-install the PHD unit. See "Installing a
PHD Unit."
d Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
e Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
No
Go to action 2.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Ghosting
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
446
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
ghosting.
Contact Dell.
Locate the cause of the problem using the Ghost
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the type of the problem identified?
2a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
Positive ghost 2a
Negative ghost
- 2b
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
2b If you are using non-recommended print media, Go to action 3. Go to action 2a.
use the print media recommended for the printer.
Does this solve your problem?
3
The task is
Adjust the transfer bias.
a On the operator panel, press the
(Menu) complete.
button and selectAdmin Menu
MaintenanceAdjust BTR.
b Adjust the setting for the type of print media
being used.
c Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
d Click the Ghost Configuration Chart
button.
Contact Dell.
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
447
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Light-induced fatigue
Action
1
Yes
No
Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
Check the light fatigue pattern using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the pattern on the output match with that on
the Pitch Configuration Chart?
2
Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b After you start the Drum Refresh Mode,
click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" complete.
and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
448
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Fog
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Execute the PHD Refresh Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Refresh
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b After you start the Drum Refresh Mode,
click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the 4 Colors Configuration Chart
button.
The 4 Colors Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
449
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
If the printer is installed in a high altitude
location, set the altitude of the location.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust
Altitude on the Printer Maintenance tab.
b Select the value close to the altitude of the
location where the printer is installed.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
The task is
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" complete.
and "Installing a PHD Unit."
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Jagged characters
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
450
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
3
Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the printer driver. The task is
complete.
a On the Advanced tab, set Bitmap
Smoothing under Items: to On.
Go to action 4.
4
Enable Bitmap Text Smoothing in the printer
driver.
a On the Advanced tab, set Bitmap Text
Smoothing under Items: to On.
Set Screen to Fineness in the printer driver.
a On the Advanced tab, set Screen under
Items: to Fineness.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Set Print Mode to High Quality in the printer
driver.
a On the Graphics tab, select High Quality
from Print Mode.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
Does this solve your problem?
5
If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is The task is
recommended for the printer, operating system, complete.
and the application being used.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Banding
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
451
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
1
Proceed to the Contact Dell.
action
corresponding
to the location
of the problem:
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Is the cause of the problem located?
No
• PHD unit - 2
• Fuser Contact Dell
and replace
the fuser.
• Main unit of
the printer Contact Dell
2
The task is
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
complete.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b After you replace the PHD unit, click Chart
Print on the Diagnosis tab.
c Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Contact Dell.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
Auger mark
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
452
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
1
Yes
No
Locate the cause of the problem using the Pitch Go to action 2. Contact Dell.
Configuration Chart.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Chart Print
on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does the output match with the pattern for auger
mark?
2
The task is
Execute the Clean Developer.
complete.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Clean
Developer on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Start button.
c After you execute the Clean Developer, click
Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.
d Click the Pitch Configuration Chart button.
Go to action 3.
The Pitch Configuration Chart is printed.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit" and "Installing a PHD Unit."
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
Wrinkled/Stained paper
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
453
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
1
Yes
No
Verify that the correct print media is being used. The task is
See "Supported Paper Types." If not, use the print complete.
media recommended for the printer.
If printing on an
envelope, go to
action 2a.
Does this solve your problem?
If printing on
print media
other than
envelopes, go
to action 2b.
2a Check the wrinkle. Is the wrinkle within 30 mm of This type of
the four edges of the envelope?
wrinkle is
considered
normal. Your
printer is not at
fault.
If the envelope
is 220 mm or
longer (C5 or
Envelope #10),
go to action 3a.
Contact Dell.
2b Execute the Paper Wrinkle Check Mode.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Paper
Wrinkle Check Mode on the Diagnosis tab.
b Click the Start button.
Contact Dell to
replace fuser.
If the envelope
is shorter than
220 mm
(Monarch or
DL), go to
action 3a or 3b.
Is the paper wrinkled?
3a Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray The task is
in the short edge feed orientation with the flap
complete.
closed and print side up. For details, see
"Loading Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet
Tray and Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Load the envelopes in the standard 250-sheet tray The task is
in the long edge feed orientation with the flap
complete.
open and print side up. For details, see "Monarch
or DL."
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
454
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Damage on the leading edge of paper
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
(SSF)
Go to action 2.
When you use the SSF, reverse the paper and
then try again.
When you use any of the trays, change the paper
and then try again.
(trays)
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Change the paper with another one and then try
again.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Use any of other tray in place of the SSF.
Does this solve your problem?
Jam/Alignment Problems
NOTE: Some of the following procedures that use the Tool Box can also be
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see
"Understanding the Tool Box Menus" and "Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool."
•
The top and side margins are incorrect
•
Color registration is out of alignment
•
Images are skewed
•
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
•
SSF Misfeed Jam
•
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
455
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
•
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
•
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
•
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
•
SSF Multi-feed Jam
The top and side margins are incorrect
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the
application being used.
Does this solve your problem?
Color registration is out of alignment
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
456
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
Execute auto color registration adjustment.
a On the operator panel, press the
(Menu)
button and select Admin Menu
MaintenanceColor Reg
AdjustmentAuto Correct.
OR
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
b Click the Start button under Auto Correct.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Do you have a spare PHD unit?
3a Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
a Replace the PHD unit. See "Replacing the
Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" and
"Installing a PHD Unit."
b Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
c Click the Start button under Print Color
Regi Chart.
Go to action 3a. Go to action 3b.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
457
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
3b Print the Color Regi Configuration Chart and
manually correct the color registration.
a Launch the Tool Box, and click Color
Registration Adjustment on the Printer
Maintenance tab.
b Click the Start button under Print Color
Regi Chart.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The Color Regi Configuration Chart is
printed.
c Identify the offset values from the chart and
enter them in Color Registration
Adjustment (Process) and Color
Registration Adjustment (Left). See
"Adjusting Color Registration" for details.
d Click the Apply New Settings button.
e Click the Start button under Print Color
Regi Chart to print the Color Regi
Configuration Chart again.
Does this solve your problem?
Images are skewed
Adjust the paper guides properly.
Does this solve your problem?
Standard 250-Sheet Tray Misfeed Jam
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
458
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Ensure that the standard 250-sheet tray is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope 2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the The task is
Standard 250-sheet tray as instructed in "Loading complete.
Envelopes in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
Go to action 3c.
Does this solve your problem?
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
459
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
Does this solve your problem?
2f Is the print media damp?
Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Wipe the retard roller in the standard 250-sheet
tray with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
Does this solve your problem?
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
SSF Misfeed Jam
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
460
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Ensure that the SSF is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
• Thick - 2a
• Thin - 2b
• Coated - 2c
• Envelope 2d
If performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2e.
If using paper
other than the
above or if not
performing
manual duplex
printing, go to
action 2f.
2a Use thick paper that is 216 g/m2 or less.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
2d Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the The task is
SSF as instructed in "Loading an Envelope in the complete.
SSF."
Go to action 3c.
Does this solve your problem?
2b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
2c Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
2e Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
461
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
Yes
2f Is the print media damp?
Go to action 3d. Go to action 3a.
3a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3b.
3b Wipe the retard roller in the SSF tray with a cloth The task is
moistened with water.
complete.
Go to action 4b.
Does this solve your problem?
No
Does this solve your problem?
3c If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use
another envelope.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 3a.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Proceed to the
action
corresponding
to the type of
the print media
being used:
Does this solve your problem?
3d Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
4a Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Misfeed Jam
Ensure that the optional 250-sheet feeder is
properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Ensure the right hand cover is closed.
Does this solve your problem?
Thick - 3a
Thin - 3b
Manual Dup 3c
Others - 3d
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
462
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Action
3a Use thick paper that is 105
g/m2
or less.
Does this solve your problem?
3b Use thin paper that is 60 g/m2 or more.
Does this solve your problem?
3c Ensure that the print media is not curled.
Does this solve your problem?
Yes
No
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
3d Is the print media damp?
Go to action 4c. Go to action 5.
4a Fan the print media.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4b.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4a.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Go to action 2.
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
4b Wipe the retard roller in the optional 250-sheet
feeder with a cloth moistened with water.
Does this solve your problem?
4c Turn over the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
5
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
Regi Jam (Exit Sensor On JAM)
Ensure that the PHD unit is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
2
Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
See "Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD)
Unit."
Does this solve your problem?
Exit Jam (Exit Sensor Off JAM)
Ensure the fuser is installed correctly.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
463
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Standard 250-Sheet Tray/Optional 250-Sheet Feeder Multi-feed Jam
Action
Yes
No
1
The task is
complete.
If using coated
paper, go to
action 2.
Ensure that the tray is properly inserted.
Does this solve your problem?
If using other
type of print
media, go to
action 3.
2
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
Does this solve your problem?
3
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
4
Fan the print media.
Does this solve your problem?
5
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi- The task is
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water. complete.
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
SSF Multi-feed Jam
1
Ensure the media type you are using.
-
-
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 4.
The task is
complete.
Go to action 5.
If using coated paper, go to action 2.
If using other type of print media, go to action 3.
2
Load coated paper one sheet at a time.
3
Use print media that is not damp.
Does this solve your problem?
Does this solve your problem?
4
Fan the print media.
5
Wipe the retard roller in the tray where the multi- The task is
feed occurred with a cloth moistened with water. complete.
Does this solve your problem?
Contact Dell.
Does this solve your problem?
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
464
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Noise
Action
Yes
No
1 To specify the cause of the noise, perform the
Auto Registration Adjustment.
Go to action 2. Go to action 3.
Does this solve your problem?
2 Replace the PHD unit if you have a spare unit.
Does this solve your problem?
The task is
complete.
Contact Dell.
3 Replace the toner cartridge (K). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 4.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(K) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
4 Replace the toner cartridge (Y). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 5.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(Y) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
5 Replace the toner cartridge (M). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Go to action 6.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(M) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
465
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
6 Replace the toner cartridge (C). See "Replacing
the Toner Cartridges."
The task is
Contact Dell.
complete. (The
toner cartridge
(C) you are
using has been
damaged.
Replace it with
a new one.)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
466
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problems With Installed Optional Accessories
If an option does not operate correctly following installation or stops working:
•
Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. If this
does not fix the problem, unplug the printer, and check the connection
between the option and the printer.
•
Print the printer settings report to see if the option is listed in the Installed
Options list. If the option is not listed, re-install it. See "Printing Printer
Settings Report."
•
Ensure the option is selected in the printer driver you are using.
The following table lists printer's option and corrective action for related
problem. If the suggested corrective action does not correct the problem, call
customer service.
Problem
250-sheet feeder
Action
• Ensure the 250-sheet feeder is correctly installed on the
printer. Re-install the feeder. See "Removing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Installing the
Optional 250-Sheet Feeder."
• Ensure the print media is loaded correctly. See
"Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray
and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for more
information.
Memory module
• Ensure the memory module is securely connected to
the memory connector.
Wireless printer adapter
• Ensure the wireless printer adapter is securely inserted
to the correct slot.
Other Problems
Problem
Action
Condensation has occurred
inside the printer.
This usually occurs within several hours after you heat
the room in winter. This also occurs when the printer is
operating in a location where relative humidity reaches
85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer
to an appropriate environment.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
467
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problem
Action
"CTD Sensor Error
Error 009-340
Code:xx Restart
Printer", "Check CTD
Unit 092-910 Clean
CTD Sensor", or "Check
CTD Unit 092-310" is
displayed.
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the CTD Sensor."
"Authentication
error has occurred.
The account is not
registered. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016757" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
Contact your system administrator.
"Function
Contact your system administrator.
unavailable. It is a
function that cannot
be used. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016758" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
"Printable page
Contact your system administrator.
limit reached.
Printable page limit
reached, cannot
print. Please
contact the system
administrator. 016759" is displayed on the
Status Monitor.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
468
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problem
Action
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-919" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-920" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-921" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
"Multifunction
printer error. Check
the PHD unit and the
Toner Cartridge.
Contact customer
support if this
failure is repeated.
093-922" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Replace the toner cartridge of the color displayed on the
operator panel.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
Replace the PHD unit.
Contact Customer Support.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
469
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
Problem
Action
"An internal
temperature of the
printer became a
high temperature.
042-700" is displayed on
the Status Monitor.
Please wait for a while until falling in temperature.
Contacting Service
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are
experiencing or the error message that appears.
You need to know the model type and service tag of your printer. See the label
located inside the side door of your printer.
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
470
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
471
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
472
Troubleshooting Guide
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Troubleshooting Guide
473
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\section28.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
474
Troubleshooting Guide
Appendix
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
475
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
476
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
Appendix
Dell™ Technical Support Policy
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation
of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of
the operating system, software program and hardware drivers to the original
default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of
appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell-installed hardware. In
addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical support is
available at Dell Support. Additional technical support options may be available
for purchase.
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed
software and peripherals. Support for third-party software and peripherals is
provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom
Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).
Online Services
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca (Canada only)
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail
addresses:
•
Dell Support websites
support.dell.com
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Appendix
477
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
•
Dell Support e-mail addresses
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)
•
Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)
[email protected] (Canada only)
•
Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password.
Warranty and Return Policy
Dell Computer Corporation ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products from
parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance with
industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your
printer, see support.dell.com.
Recycling Information
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware,
monitors, printers, and other peripherals in an environmentally sound manner.
Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of
products, components, and/or materials.
For specific information on Dell’s worldwide recycling programs, see
www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide.
Contacting Dell
You can access Dell Support at support.dell.com. Select your region on the
WELCOME TO DELL SUPPORT page, and fill in the requested details to
access help tools and information.
You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses:
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
478
Appendix
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
•
World Wide Web
www.dell.com
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)
www.dell.ca (Canada only)
•
Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)
ftp.dell.com
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your email address as your password.
•
Electronic Support Service
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected] (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)
support.jp.dell.com (Japan only)
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)
•
Electronic Quote Service
[email protected] (Asian/Pacific countries only)
[email protected] (Canada only)
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
Appendix
479
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\sectionAP.fm
D E L L C O N F I D E N T I A L – P R E L I M I N A RY 9 / 1 3 / 1 0 - F O R P R O O F O N LY
480
Appendix
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Index
Symbols
Adjusting the Language, 255
(Cancel) button, 234
Admin Menu, 284
(Set) button, 234
Administrator Account, 196
Alert Tone, 159, 166, 261, 266,
304
Numerics
Alignment Chart, 278
1000BASE-T Full-Duplex, 184
All Tones, 159, 166, 304
100BASE-TX Full-Duplex, 184
Altitude, 367
100BASE-TX Half-Duplex, 184
Appendix, 477
10BASE-T Full-Duplex, 184
Apply New Settings, 152
10BASE-T Half-Duplex, 184
Asset Tag Number, 142, 156
4 Colors Configuration
Chart, 278
Assigning IP address, 83
Audio Tone, 266
802.1x, 202
Authenticate Error Trap, 195
Auto Clear Alert, 267
A
Auto Clear Alert Tone, 159, 166,
261
A4, 218
Auto Correct, 172, 314
A5, 218
Auto Log Print, 159, 167, 261,
267, 305
About printer, 29
Ad-Hoc, 197
Adjust Altitude, 163, 174, 263,
272
Auto Reg Adjust, 313
Adjust BTR, 162, 171, 311
Auto Registration
Adjustment, 163, 172, 262,
271
Adjust Fuser, 163, 171, 312
Auto Reset, 158, 166, 260, 265
Adjusting color
registration,
396 – PRELIMINARY
AutoClear Alert,
304
DELL
CONFIDENTIAL
9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
481
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Changing the settings of menu
item, 152
AutoIP, 298
Avoiding jam, 239, 411
Clean Developer, 173, 281
B
B5, 218
Banner Sheet, 268
Banner Sheet Insert
Position, 159, 167, 262
Banner Sheet Specify Tray, 160,
167, 262
Base memory, 365
Basic Information, 183
Clearing jam, 411
From duplexer, 423
From fuser, 420
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 425
From SSF, 413
From standard 250-sheet tray, 416
Clock Settings, 163
Coated, 162-163, 171-172, 312313
Basic printer problem, 431
Coated Thick, 162-163, 171-172,
312-313
Belt unit, 30
Color Mode, 280
Bitmapped font, 349
Color Mode Limitation, 206
Bonjour (mDNS), 184, 299
Color Reg Adjust, 313
BOOTP, 298
Color Regi Chart, 173
Color Registration
Adjustments, 172-173
C
Color registration chart, 396
C5, 218
Color Test Page, 165, 264, 284
Cable, 367
ColorReg Chart, 314
Canceling a print job, 240
ColorTrack Error Report, 262,
268
Canceling print job
From your computer, 241
Community Name, 193-194
Carbonless copy paper, 211
Completed Jobs, 143, 157
CCP, 211
Confidential jobs, 323
configuring wireless
Change printer
252
DELLsettings,
CONFIDENTIAL
– PRELIMINARY
9/13/10 adapter, 56
FOR PROOF ONLY
482
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Connecting local printer, 80
Custom Size - Y, 161, 168
Connecting printer, 79
Connecting to the Network, 81
Connection specification, 79,
367
D
Date & Time, 262, 269
Connection type, 79, 367
Date Format, 163, 262, 270
Conserving supplies, 371
Deep Sleep, 265
Contact Dell Support at, 145,
151
Default Color, 161, 168, 292
Contact Person, 149
Contacting service, 470
Default Print Paper Size, 262,
268
Control board, 30
Dell ColorTrack, 164, 205
Control board cover, 30
Dell Printer Configuration Web
Tool, 250
Page display format, 148
Control Panel, 266, 303
Control Panel Tone, 158, 166,
260
Copy Printer Settings, 144, 150,
204
Copy Printer Settings
Report, 204
Default Paper Size, 159, 167
Dell Service Tag Number, 156
Dell Supplies Management
System, 329
Dell support website, 25
Dell technical support
policy, 477
Cover, 155
Covers, 162-163, 171-172, 312313
Details, 156
Determining Values, 397
Covers Thick, 162-163, 171-172,
312-313
DHCP, 298
Cumulative Color Page
Count, 206
DIMM Size, 365
Cumulative Monochrome Page
Count, 207
Disabling Panel Lock, 327
Dimensions, 365
Direct connection setup, 95
Dispense Motor Check
(Black), 279
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Custom Size - X, 161, 168
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
483
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Dispense Motor Check
(Cyan), 279
Encryption, 197-198
Dispense Motor Check
(Magenta), 279
Enter Number, 314
Dispense Motor Check
(Yellow), 279
Display of EWS, 277
Display problem, 431
DL, 218
DNS, 178, 186
Draft Mode, 161, 168, 292
Driver, 23
Drivers and utilities CD, 23
Drum Refresh, 173
Drum Refresh Configuration
Chart, 278
Drum Refresh Mode, 281
Duplexer, 29, 412
End Time, 161
Entering Values, 399
Envelope, 162-163, 171-172,
215, 312
Envelope #10, 218
Environment, 366
environment settings of your
web browser, 145
Error History, 165, 264, 284
error messages, 355
Error-Code, 355
Ethernet, 174, 176, 184, 367
Ethernet port, 30, 79, 82
Event Panel, 149
EWS, 299
EWS Settings, 183
Executive, 218
E
Edit Print User Registration, 205
E-Mail Alert, 144, 151, 184, 190,
299
E-Mail Alert Settings, 182, 192
E-Mail Alert Setup, 141
E-mail Alert Setup Page, 181
E-Mail Server Settings, 182, 191
Emulations, 366
Express Service Service
Code, 156
F
fast scan, 397
Fault Time-Out, 158, 166, 261,
267
Fault Tone, 159, 166, 261, 266,
304
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
484
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Feed Roll Operation Check, 279
H
Finding Information, 23
Hex Dump, 161, 168, 291
Firmware Version, 156
Host I/F, 157
Flip on Long Edge, 244
Host Name, 157, 192
Flip on Short Edge, 245
How to install option, 41
Folio, 218
How to remove option, 403
Font, 161, 168, 347
PCL 5/PCL 6, 351
Pitch, 348
Point size, 348
Style, 347
Typefaces and fonts, 347
Weight, 347
How to replace retard roller, 384
Font Pitch, 161, 168, 290
How to set up, 25
How to use printer, 24
HTTP, 179, 188
HTTP-SSL/TLS, 299
HTTP-SSL/TLS
Communication, 200
Font Size, 161, 168, 289
Form Line, 161, 168, 290
Front cover, 30
I
Fuser, 412
ID, 157
Fuser Motor Operation
Check, 279
Identifying print paper, 218
Identifying print media, 218
Image Enhancement, 161, 168
Impression Number, 157
G
Gateway Address, 186, 264, 277,
298
Infrastructure, 197
Init Print Meter, 315
Get Environment Sensor
Info, 281
Initialize NIC NVM and restart
printer, 199
Ghost Configuration Chart, 278
Initialize Print Meter, 273
Installing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 46
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
485
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Installing retard roller in
tray, 386
Installing the optional
accessories, 41
Installing toner cartridge, 38
Installing wireless printer
adapter, 51
Job Submitted Time, 157
Job Time-Out, 158, 166, 261,
267
L
Interfaces, 366
Label, 162-163, 171-172, 216,
262, 270, 312-313
Invalid Key, 266, 303
Landscape, 287
Invalid Key Tone, 158, 166, 260
LCD panel, 233
IP Address, 83, 142-143, 149,
177, 186, 195, 202-203, 264,
276, 298
Left frame, 150
IP Address Mode, 264, 276
Legal, 218
Letter, 218
IP Filter, 181, 203
Letterhead Duplex Mode, 160,
167, 262, 268
IP filter setup, 188
Line Termination, 161, 168, 292
IPP, 184, 299
Link Channel, 197
IPsec, 201, 298
Link Quality, 197
IPv4, 195, 202, 298
LLTD, 184, 299
IPv6, 178, 186, 195, 202
Loading an envelope in the
SSF, 229
Loading letterhead, 226
J
Job Completed, 266, 304
Job Completed Tone, 159, 166,
261
Job History, 165, 264, 284
Job List, 143, 157
Job Name, 157
Loading paper, 89
Loading print media, 221
SSF, 228
standard 250-sheet tray and
optional 250-sheet
feeder, 221
Location, 149, 156
Login Error, 9/13/10
169
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
FOR PROOF ONLY
Job Status, 157
486
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Login Error -Attempts, 161
MIB compatibility, 366
Low Toner Alert, 267, 304
mm/inch, 159, 167, 262, 268
Low Toner Alert Msg, 160, 167,
262, 269
Monarch, 218
Low Toner Alert Tone, 159, 166,
261
MQ Chart, 278
Multiple Up, 372
LPD, 178, 184, 187, 299
N
NCR, 211
M
MAC Address, 197
Machine Check, 279
Machine Ready, 266, 303
Machine Ready Tone, 159, 166,
260
Main Motor Operation
Check, 279
Maintenance, 371
Manual Registration
Adjustments, 271
Maximum memory, 365
Memory, 365
Memory Capacity, 156
Memory connector, 365
Memory module, 403
Memory slot, 30
Memory speed, 365
Menu item, 152
Menu Settings, 158
Network, 81
Network connection setup, 98
Network Firmware Version, 156
Network Type, 197
No carbon required, 211
No. of Sheets, 157
Non-Dell Toner, 163, 263, 273,
316
O
OCR, 211
Online Help, 145, 151
Operation, 366
Operator panel, 29, 233
Operator Panel Buttons, 233
Optical character
recognition, 211
Optional 250-sheet feeder, 29,
412
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
487
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Order Supplies at, 145, 151
Weight, 209
Ordering supplies, 32, 372
Paper Density, 162, 170, 262, 311
Orientation, 161, 168, 286
Paper jam location, 412
OS, 366
Paper Size, 161, 168, 280, 285
OS compatibility, 365
Paper Tray, 161, 168, 285
Other problems, 467
Paper Type, 219, 280
Out of Paper, 266, 304
Paper Used, 205
Out of Paper Alert Tone, 261
Parts name, 29
Out of Paper Tone, 159, 166
Password, 188, 196, 199, 203
Output Result, 157
Output Tray, 155
PCL, 285
Font, 288
Owner, 157
PCL 5/PCL 6, 351
PCL Fonts List, 165, 264, 283
PCL Macro List, 165, 264, 283
P
PCL printer driver, 95, 98
Page display format, 148
Page orientation, 214, 227
Panel, 298
Panel Language, 160, 167, 261,
269, 322
Panel Lock Set, 161, 317
Panel Settings, 165, 264, 283
Panel settings page, 165, 234
PCL Settings, 161, 167
PDL, 366
Peer-to-Peer, 115
Pitch Configuration Chart, 278
Plain, 162-163, 171, 262, 270,
312-313
Plain Thick, 162-163, 171, 312313
Play of Sound, 279
Paper, 209
Characteristics, 209
Point and Print, 113
Curl, 209
Port Settings, 183
Fiber content, 210
Port Status, 184
Grain direction, 210
Moisture content, 210
Port9100, 178,
184, 187, 299
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Smoothness, 210
FOR PROOF ONLY
488
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Portrait, 287
Print Volume, 144, 150, 204
Power connector, 30
Printer Bitmap, 149
Power Saver Time, 301
Printer Driver, 127, 129
Power Saver Time - Deep
Sleep, 158
Printer Events, 156
Power Saver Time - Sleep, 158
Printer Information, 144, 150,
156
Power Saver Timer, 265
Printer Jobs, 143, 150, 156
Power Saver Timer Deep
Sleep, 260
Printer Maintenance, 170
Power Saver Timer Sleep, 260
Printer paper, 209
Power supply, 365
Power switch, 30
Premier, 164
Print cartridge level, 155
Printer Page Count, 205
Printer Revision Levels, 156
Printer Serial Number, 156
Printer Settings, 143, 150, 158,
165, 264
Print Drivers / Remote Client
Account, 196
Printer Settings Report, 158
Print ID, 159, 167, 261, 267, 305
Printer settings utility, 331
Print media, 209, 372
Source, 214, 227
Print Meter, 165, 264
Print quality guarantee, 366
Print Server Reports, 175
Print Server Settings, 144, 150,
175, 183, 277
Printer settings report, 44, 48, 54
Printer software, 329
Printer specification, 365
Printer Status, 143, 150, 154-155
Printer Status Window, 329
Printer Type, 155
Printing, 239
Print Server Setup Page, 176
Printing on letterhead, 213
Print side, 214, 227
Printing problem, 432
Print Text, 159, 167, 261, 267,
306
Printing Speed, 156
Print User Settings, 206
Problems with Optional
Accessories, 467
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
489
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Processor Speed, 156
Product Information Guide, 24
Proof Print, 325
Q
Quantity, 161, 168, 291
Quick Launch Utility, 331
Quick Reference Guide, 24
Removing optional 250-sheet
feeder, 406
Removing options, 403
Removing paper jam, 411
From duplexer, 423
From fuser, 420
From optional 250-sheet
feeder, 425
From single sheet feeder, 413
From tray, 416
Removing retard roller in
tray, 385
R
Removing toner cartridge, 374
RAM Disk, 160, 167, 262, 268,
306
Removing wireless adapter, 408
RARP, 298
Reports, 165
Ready / Error LED, 233
Reset Print Server, 198
Rear side, 280
Recommended paper, 210
Recurrence, 161
Resident font, 351
Restore Settings, 152
Red Hat, 127
Red Hat Enterprise Linux, 127,
365
Refresh, 152
REGI CLUTCH Operation
Check, 279
Relative humidity, 366
Resetting Defaults, 254
Resident scalable fonts, 351
Recycled, 163, 172, 312
Regular, 164
Replacing the retard roller, 384
Return policy, 478
Right frame, 151
RSA BSAFE, 20
S
Safety information, 24
Scalable font, 349
Removing a DELL
optional
memory
CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Secure Job Expiration,
170
module, 403
FOR PROOF ONLY
490
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
Secure Print, 322
SNMP UDP, 299
Secure Settings, 161, 168
Software update, 330
Security, 199
SSID, 197
Security Settings, 197
SSL/TLS, 200
Select Reorder URL, 164
Standard 250-sheet tray, 29, 412
Selecting letterhead, 212
Start Time, 161
Selecting paper, 211
Status Monitor Console, 329
Selecting preprinted form, 212
Status Monitor Console for
Linux, 338
Selecting pre-punched
paper, 212
Sending print job, 240
Service code, 25
Service tag, 25
Set Available Time, 161, 169
Set Date, 163, 262, 270
Set Password, 144, 151, 199
Set Time, 163, 262, 270
Setting, 371
Status Monitor Widget for
Macintosh, 332
Status of printer supplies, 371
Status Window, 331
Storage, 367
Storage humidity range, 367
Stored Documents, 165, 264,
284
Storing consumables, 373
Shared printing, 111
Storing print media, 217, 239,
372
Side button, 29
Straightest lines, 397
Single Sheet Feeder (SSF), 29,
412
Subnet Mask, 264, 276, 298
Sleep, 265
Substitute Tray, 160, 167, 262,
268, 307
slow scan, 397-398
Supported print paper, 218
SMB, 184
SUSE, 365
SMB NetBEUI, 299
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
10, 130
SMB TCP/IP, 299
SNMP, 180, 184
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
491
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop
11, 134
Tray 1 Paper Size, 164, 263, 274
Symbol Set, 161, 168, 289, 352
For PCL 5/PCL 6, 352
Tray 2 Display Popup, 164, 263,
275
Tray 1 Paper Type, 164, 263, 274
System Setting, 260
Tray 2 Paper Size, 164, 263, 275
System Settings, 158, 165, 183
Tray 2 Paper Type, 164, 263, 275
Tray rear cover, 30
Tray Settings, 144, 150, 164, 207,
263, 318
T
TCP/IP, 185
TCP/IP Settings, 177, 185
Telnet, 184, 299
Troubleshooting, 332, 431
Typeface, 347
Temperature, 366
Time Format, 163, 262, 270
U
Time Zone, 163, 262, 270
Unacceptable paper, 211
Time-Out, 187-188, 302
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
RESTRICTED RIGHTS, 20
Toner access cover, 29
Toner cartridge, 38
Update, 332
Toner Refresh, 173
Upper Limit for Color Print, 206
Toner Refresh Mode, 281
Tool Box, 331
Upper Limit for Monochrome
Print, 207
Top frame, 148
USB, 367
Trap Notification, 195
USB port, 30, 79, 81
Tray 1 Custom Size - X, 164, 263,
275
USB printing, 95
Tray 1 Custom Size - Y, 164, 263,
275
USB Settings, 160
User setup disk creating
tool, 330
Tray 1 Display Popup, 164, 263,
Using Dell Printer Configuration
275
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY
9/13/10
Web Tool,
143
FOR PROOF ONLY
492
Index
FILE LOCATION: C:\Users\fxstdpcadmin\Desktop\0630_UG??\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga_SFP_UG_FM\Mioga-SFP-UGIX.fm
V
Verifying IP settings, 86
W
Warranty, 478
Warranty information, 24
Web Link Customization, 164,
175
Web Services on Devices, 361
WEP, 197-198
Width guide, 90, 223
WINS, 178, 187
Wired Network
Ethernet, 293
IP Filter, 300
Protocol, 298
Reset LAN, 300
TCP/IP, 297
Wireless Adapter, 51
Wireless adapter socket, 30
Wireless Settings, 176, 197
WPA-PSK, 198
WSD, 184, 299, 361
X
XPS printer driver, 95, 99
DELL CONFIDENTIAL – PRELIMINARY 9/13/10
FOR PROOF ONLY
Index
493